OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc_2011-10-31/openrisc_2011-10-31/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc_2011-10-31

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-src/] [gdb-7.2/] [gdb/] [doc/] [gdb.info-3] - Blame information for rev 512

Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 342 jeremybenn
This is gdb.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from ./gdb.texinfo.
2 330 jeremybenn
 
3
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
4
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
5
* Gdb: (gdb).                     The GNU debugger.
6
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
7
 
8
   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
9
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
10
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
11
 
12
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
13
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
14
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
15
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
16
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
17
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
18
 
19
   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
20
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
21
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
22
 
23
   This file documents the GNU debugger GDB.
24
 
25
   This is the Ninth Edition, of `Debugging with GDB: the GNU
26 512 jeremybenn
Source-Level Debugger' for GDB (GDB) Version 7.2-or32-1.0rc3.
27 330 jeremybenn
 
28
   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
29
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
30
2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
31
 
32
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
33
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
34
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
35
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
36
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
37
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
38
 
39
   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
40
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
41
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
42
 
43

44
File: gdb.info,  Node: DJGPP Native,  Next: Cygwin Native,  Prev: SVR4 Process Information,  Up: Native
45
 
46
21.1.4 Features for Debugging DJGPP Programs
47
--------------------------------------------
48
 
49
DJGPP is a port of the GNU development tools to MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
50
DJGPP programs are 32-bit protected-mode programs that use the "DPMI"
51
(DOS Protected-Mode Interface) API to run on top of real-mode DOS
52
systems and their emulations.
53
 
54
   GDB supports native debugging of DJGPP programs, and defines a few
55
commands specific to the DJGPP port.  This subsection describes those
56
commands.
57
 
58
`info dos'
59
     This is a prefix of DJGPP-specific commands which print
60
     information about the target system and important OS structures.
61
 
62
`info dos sysinfo'
63
     This command displays assorted information about the underlying
64
     platform: the CPU type and features, the OS version and flavor, the
65
     DPMI version, and the available conventional and DPMI memory.
66
 
67
`info dos gdt'
68
`info dos ldt'
69
`info dos idt'
70
     These 3 commands display entries from, respectively, Global, Local,
71
     and Interrupt Descriptor Tables (GDT, LDT, and IDT).  The
72
     descriptor tables are data structures which store a descriptor for
73
     each segment that is currently in use.  The segment's selector is
74
     an index into a descriptor table; the table entry for that index
75
     holds the descriptor's base address and limit, and its attributes
76
     and access rights.
77
 
78
     A typical DJGPP program uses 3 segments: a code segment, a data
79
     segment (used for both data and the stack), and a DOS segment
80
     (which allows access to DOS/BIOS data structures and absolute
81
     addresses in conventional memory).  However, the DPMI host will
82
     usually define additional segments in order to support the DPMI
83
     environment.
84
 
85
     These commands allow to display entries from the descriptor tables.
86
     Without an argument, all entries from the specified table are
87
     displayed.  An argument, which should be an integer expression,
88
     means display a single entry whose index is given by the argument.
89
     For example, here's a convenient way to display information about
90
     the debugged program's data segment:
91
 
92
     `(gdb) info dos ldt $ds'
93
     `0x13f: base=0x11970000 limit=0x0009ffff 32-Bit Data (Read/Write, Exp-up)'
94
 
95
 
96
     This comes in handy when you want to see whether a pointer is
97
     outside the data segment's limit (i.e. "garbled").
98
 
99
`info dos pde'
100
`info dos pte'
101
     These two commands display entries from, respectively, the Page
102
     Directory and the Page Tables.  Page Directories and Page Tables
103
     are data structures which control how virtual memory addresses are
104
     mapped into physical addresses.  A Page Table includes an entry
105
     for every page of memory that is mapped into the program's address
106
     space; there may be several Page Tables, each one holding up to
107
     4096 entries.  A Page Directory has up to 4096 entries, one each
108
     for every Page Table that is currently in use.
109
 
110
     Without an argument, `info dos pde' displays the entire Page
111
     Directory, and `info dos pte' displays all the entries in all of
112
     the Page Tables.  An argument, an integer expression, given to the
113
     `info dos pde' command means display only that entry from the Page
114
     Directory table.  An argument given to the `info dos pte' command
115
     means display entries from a single Page Table, the one pointed to
116
     by the specified entry in the Page Directory.
117
 
118
     These commands are useful when your program uses "DMA" (Direct
119
     Memory Access), which needs physical addresses to program the DMA
120
     controller.
121
 
122
     These commands are supported only with some DPMI servers.
123
 
124
`info dos address-pte ADDR'
125
     This command displays the Page Table entry for a specified linear
126
     address.  The argument ADDR is a linear address which should
127
     already have the appropriate segment's base address added to it,
128
     because this command accepts addresses which may belong to _any_
129
     segment.  For example, here's how to display the Page Table entry
130
     for the page where a variable `i' is stored:
131
 
132
     `(gdb) info dos address-pte __djgpp_base_address + (char *)&i'
133
     `Page Table entry for address 0x11a00d30:'
134
     `Base=0x02698000 Dirty Acc. Not-Cached Write-Back Usr Read-Write +0xd30'
135
 
136
 
137
     This says that `i' is stored at offset `0xd30' from the page whose
138
     physical base address is `0x02698000', and shows all the
139
     attributes of that page.
140
 
141
     Note that you must cast the addresses of variables to a `char *',
142
     since otherwise the value of `__djgpp_base_address', the base
143
     address of all variables and functions in a DJGPP program, will be
144
     added using the rules of C pointer arithmetics: if `i' is declared
145
     an `int', GDB will add 4 times the value of `__djgpp_base_address'
146
     to the address of `i'.
147
 
148
     Here's another example, it displays the Page Table entry for the
149
     transfer buffer:
150
 
151
     `(gdb) info dos address-pte *((unsigned *)&_go32_info_block + 3)'
152
     `Page Table entry for address 0x29110:'
153
     `Base=0x00029000 Dirty Acc. Not-Cached Write-Back Usr Read-Write +0x110'
154
 
155
 
156
     (The `+ 3' offset is because the transfer buffer's address is the
157
     3rd member of the `_go32_info_block' structure.)  The output
158
     clearly shows that this DPMI server maps the addresses in
159
     conventional memory 1:1, i.e. the physical (`0x00029000' +
160
     `0x110') and linear (`0x29110') addresses are identical.
161
 
162
     This command is supported only with some DPMI servers.
163
 
164
   In addition to native debugging, the DJGPP port supports remote
165
debugging via a serial data link.  The following commands are specific
166
to remote serial debugging in the DJGPP port of GDB.
167
 
168
`set com1base ADDR'
169
     This command sets the base I/O port address of the `COM1' serial
170
     port.
171
 
172
`set com1irq IRQ'
173
     This command sets the "Interrupt Request" (`IRQ') line to use for
174
     the `COM1' serial port.
175
 
176
     There are similar commands `set com2base', `set com3irq', etc. for
177
     setting the port address and the `IRQ' lines for the other 3 COM
178
     ports.
179
 
180
     The related commands `show com1base', `show com1irq' etc.  display
181
     the current settings of the base address and the `IRQ' lines used
182
     by the COM ports.
183
 
184
`info serial'
185
     This command prints the status of the 4 DOS serial ports.  For each
186
     port, it prints whether it's active or not, its I/O base address
187
     and IRQ number, whether it uses a 16550-style FIFO, its baudrate,
188
     and the counts of various errors encountered so far.
189
 
190

191
File: gdb.info,  Node: Cygwin Native,  Next: Hurd Native,  Prev: DJGPP Native,  Up: Native
192
 
193
21.1.5 Features for Debugging MS Windows PE Executables
194
-------------------------------------------------------
195
 
196
GDB supports native debugging of MS Windows programs, including DLLs
197
with and without symbolic debugging information.
198
 
199
   MS-Windows programs that call `SetConsoleMode' to switch off the
200
special meaning of the `Ctrl-C' keystroke cannot be interrupted by
201
typing `C-c'.  For this reason, GDB on MS-Windows supports `C-'
202
as an alternative interrupt key sequence, which can be used to
203
interrupt the debuggee even if it ignores `C-c'.
204
 
205
   There are various additional Cygwin-specific commands, described in
206
this section.  Working with DLLs that have no debugging symbols is
207 342 jeremybenn
described in *note Non-debug DLL Symbols::.
208 330 jeremybenn
 
209
`info w32'
210
     This is a prefix of MS Windows-specific commands which print
211
     information about the target system and important OS structures.
212
 
213
`info w32 selector'
214
     This command displays information returned by the Win32 API
215
     `GetThreadSelectorEntry' function.  It takes an optional argument
216
     that is evaluated to a long value to give the information about
217
     this given selector.  Without argument, this command displays
218
     information about the six segment registers.
219
 
220
`info w32 thread-information-block'
221
     This command displays thread specific information stored in the
222
     Thread Information Block (readable on the X86 CPU family using
223
     `$fs' selector for 32-bit programs and `$gs' for 64-bit programs).
224
 
225
`info dll'
226
     This is a Cygwin-specific alias of `info shared'.
227
 
228
`dll-symbols'
229
     This command loads symbols from a dll similarly to add-sym command
230
     but without the need to specify a base address.
231
 
232
`set cygwin-exceptions MODE'
233
     If MODE is `on', GDB will break on exceptions that happen inside
234
     the Cygwin DLL.  If MODE is `off', GDB will delay recognition of
235
     exceptions, and may ignore some exceptions which seem to be caused
236
     by internal Cygwin DLL "bookkeeping".  This option is meant
237
     primarily for debugging the Cygwin DLL itself; the default value
238
     is `off' to avoid annoying GDB users with false `SIGSEGV' signals.
239
 
240
`show cygwin-exceptions'
241
     Displays whether GDB will break on exceptions that happen inside
242
     the Cygwin DLL itself.
243
 
244
`set new-console MODE'
245
     If MODE is `on' the debuggee will be started in a new console on
246
     next start.  If MODE is `off', the debuggee will be started in the
247
     same console as the debugger.
248
 
249
`show new-console'
250
     Displays whether a new console is used when the debuggee is
251
     started.
252
 
253
`set new-group MODE'
254
     This boolean value controls whether the debuggee should start a
255
     new group or stay in the same group as the debugger.  This affects
256
     the way the Windows OS handles `Ctrl-C'.
257
 
258
`show new-group'
259
     Displays current value of new-group boolean.
260
 
261
`set debugevents'
262
     This boolean value adds debug output concerning kernel events
263
     related to the debuggee seen by the debugger.  This includes
264
     events that signal thread and process creation and exit, DLL
265
     loading and unloading, console interrupts, and debugging messages
266
     produced by the Windows `OutputDebugString' API call.
267
 
268
`set debugexec'
269
     This boolean value adds debug output concerning execute events
270
     (such as resume thread) seen by the debugger.
271
 
272
`set debugexceptions'
273
     This boolean value adds debug output concerning exceptions in the
274
     debuggee seen by the debugger.
275
 
276
`set debugmemory'
277
     This boolean value adds debug output concerning debuggee memory
278
     reads and writes by the debugger.
279
 
280
`set shell'
281
     This boolean values specifies whether the debuggee is called via a
282
     shell or directly (default value is on).
283
 
284
`show shell'
285
     Displays if the debuggee will be started with a shell.
286
 
287
 
288
* Menu:
289
 
290
* Non-debug DLL Symbols::  Support for DLLs without debugging symbols
291
 
292

293
File: gdb.info,  Node: Non-debug DLL Symbols,  Up: Cygwin Native
294
 
295
21.1.5.1 Support for DLLs without Debugging Symbols
296
...................................................
297
 
298
Very often on windows, some of the DLLs that your program relies on do
299
not include symbolic debugging information (for example,
300
`kernel32.dll').  When GDB doesn't recognize any debugging symbols in a
301
DLL, it relies on the minimal amount of symbolic information contained
302
in the DLL's export table.  This section describes working with such
303
symbols, known internally to GDB as "minimal symbols".
304
 
305
   Note that before the debugged program has started execution, no DLLs
306
will have been loaded.  The easiest way around this problem is simply to
307
start the program -- either by setting a breakpoint or letting the
308
program run once to completion.  It is also possible to force GDB to
309
load a particular DLL before starting the executable -- see the shared
310 342 jeremybenn
library information in *note Files::, or the `dll-symbols' command in
311
*note Cygwin Native::.  Currently, explicitly loading symbols from a
312 330 jeremybenn
DLL with no debugging information will cause the symbol names to be
313
duplicated in GDB's lookup table, which may adversely affect symbol
314
lookup performance.
315
 
316
21.1.5.2 DLL Name Prefixes
317
..........................
318
 
319
In keeping with the naming conventions used by the Microsoft debugging
320
tools, DLL export symbols are made available with a prefix based on the
321
DLL name, for instance `KERNEL32!CreateFileA'.  The plain name is also
322
entered into the symbol table, so `CreateFileA' is often sufficient.
323
In some cases there will be name clashes within a program (particularly
324
if the executable itself includes full debugging symbols) necessitating
325
the use of the fully qualified name when referring to the contents of
326
the DLL.  Use single-quotes around the name to avoid the exclamation
327
mark ("!")  being interpreted as a language operator.
328
 
329
   Note that the internal name of the DLL may be all upper-case, even
330
though the file name of the DLL is lower-case, or vice-versa.  Since
331
symbols within GDB are _case-sensitive_ this may cause some confusion.
332
If in doubt, try the `info functions' and `info variables' commands or
333
even `maint print msymbols' (*note Symbols::). Here's an example:
334
 
335
     (gdb) info function CreateFileA
336
     All functions matching regular expression "CreateFileA":
337
 
338
     Non-debugging symbols:
339
     0x77e885f4  CreateFileA
340
     0x77e885f4  KERNEL32!CreateFileA
341
 
342
     (gdb) info function !
343
     All functions matching regular expression "!":
344
 
345
     Non-debugging symbols:
346
     0x6100114c  cygwin1!__assert
347
     0x61004034  cygwin1!_dll_crt0@0
348
     0x61004240  cygwin1!dll_crt0(per_process *)
349
     [etc...]
350
 
351
21.1.5.3 Working with Minimal Symbols
352
.....................................
353
 
354
Symbols extracted from a DLL's export table do not contain very much
355
type information. All that GDB can do is guess whether a symbol refers
356
to a function or variable depending on the linker section that contains
357
the symbol. Also note that the actual contents of the memory contained
358
in a DLL are not available unless the program is running. This means
359
that you cannot examine the contents of a variable or disassemble a
360
function within a DLL without a running program.
361
 
362
   Variables are generally treated as pointers and dereferenced
363
automatically. For this reason, it is often necessary to prefix a
364
variable name with the address-of operator ("&") and provide explicit
365
type information in the command. Here's an example of the type of
366
problem:
367
 
368
     (gdb) print 'cygwin1!__argv'
369
     $1 = 268572168
370
 
371
     (gdb) x 'cygwin1!__argv'
372
     0x10021610:      "\230y\""
373
 
374
   And two possible solutions:
375
 
376
     (gdb) print ((char **)'cygwin1!__argv')[0]
377
     $2 = 0x22fd98 "/cygdrive/c/mydirectory/myprogram"
378
 
379
     (gdb) x/2x &'cygwin1!__argv'
380
     0x610c0aa8 :    0x10021608      0x00000000
381
     (gdb) x/x 0x10021608
382
     0x10021608:     0x0022fd98
383
     (gdb) x/s 0x0022fd98
384
     0x22fd98:        "/cygdrive/c/mydirectory/myprogram"
385
 
386
   Setting a break point within a DLL is possible even before the
387
program starts execution. However, under these circumstances, GDB can't
388
examine the initial instructions of the function in order to skip the
389
function's frame set-up code. You can work around this by using "*&" to
390
set the breakpoint at a raw memory address:
391
 
392
     (gdb) break *&'python22!PyOS_Readline'
393
     Breakpoint 1 at 0x1e04eff0
394
 
395
   The author of these extensions is not entirely convinced that
396
setting a break point within a shared DLL like `kernel32.dll' is
397
completely safe.
398
 
399

400
File: gdb.info,  Node: Hurd Native,  Next: Neutrino,  Prev: Cygwin Native,  Up: Native
401
 
402
21.1.6 Commands Specific to GNU Hurd Systems
403
--------------------------------------------
404
 
405
This subsection describes GDB commands specific to the GNU Hurd native
406
debugging.
407
 
408
`set signals'
409
`set sigs'
410
     This command toggles the state of inferior signal interception by
411
     GDB.  Mach exceptions, such as breakpoint traps, are not affected
412
     by this command.  `sigs' is a shorthand alias for `signals'.
413
 
414
`show signals'
415
`show sigs'
416
     Show the current state of intercepting inferior's signals.
417
 
418
`set signal-thread'
419
`set sigthread'
420
     This command tells GDB which thread is the `libc' signal thread.
421
     That thread is run when a signal is delivered to a running
422
     process.  `set sigthread' is the shorthand alias of `set
423
     signal-thread'.
424
 
425
`show signal-thread'
426
`show sigthread'
427
     These two commands show which thread will run when the inferior is
428
     delivered a signal.
429
 
430
`set stopped'
431
     This commands tells GDB that the inferior process is stopped, as
432
     with the `SIGSTOP' signal.  The stopped process can be continued
433
     by delivering a signal to it.
434
 
435
`show stopped'
436
     This command shows whether GDB thinks the debuggee is stopped.
437
 
438
`set exceptions'
439
     Use this command to turn off trapping of exceptions in the
440
     inferior.  When exception trapping is off, neither breakpoints nor
441
     single-stepping will work.  To restore the default, set exception
442
     trapping on.
443
 
444
`show exceptions'
445
     Show the current state of trapping exceptions in the inferior.
446
 
447
`set task pause'
448
     This command toggles task suspension when GDB has control.
449
     Setting it to on takes effect immediately, and the task is
450
     suspended whenever GDB gets control.  Setting it to off will take
451
     effect the next time the inferior is continued.  If this option is
452
     set to off, you can use `set thread default pause on' or `set
453
     thread pause on' (see below) to pause individual threads.
454
 
455
`show task pause'
456
     Show the current state of task suspension.
457
 
458
`set task detach-suspend-count'
459
     This command sets the suspend count the task will be left with when
460
     GDB detaches from it.
461
 
462
`show task detach-suspend-count'
463
     Show the suspend count the task will be left with when detaching.
464
 
465
`set task exception-port'
466
`set task excp'
467
     This command sets the task exception port to which GDB will
468
     forward exceptions.  The argument should be the value of the "send
469
     rights" of the task.  `set task excp' is a shorthand alias.
470
 
471
`set noninvasive'
472
     This command switches GDB to a mode that is the least invasive as
473
     far as interfering with the inferior is concerned.  This is the
474
     same as using `set task pause', `set exceptions', and `set
475
     signals' to values opposite to the defaults.
476
 
477
`info send-rights'
478
`info receive-rights'
479
`info port-rights'
480
`info port-sets'
481
`info dead-names'
482
`info ports'
483
`info psets'
484
     These commands display information about, respectively, send
485
     rights, receive rights, port rights, port sets, and dead names of
486
     a task.  There are also shorthand aliases: `info ports' for `info
487
     port-rights' and `info psets' for `info port-sets'.
488
 
489
`set thread pause'
490
     This command toggles current thread suspension when GDB has
491
     control.  Setting it to on takes effect immediately, and the
492
     current thread is suspended whenever GDB gets control.  Setting it
493
     to off will take effect the next time the inferior is continued.
494
     Normally, this command has no effect, since when GDB has control,
495
     the whole task is suspended.  However, if you used `set task pause
496
     off' (see above), this command comes in handy to suspend only the
497
     current thread.
498
 
499
`show thread pause'
500
     This command shows the state of current thread suspension.
501
 
502
`set thread run'
503
     This command sets whether the current thread is allowed to run.
504
 
505
`show thread run'
506
     Show whether the current thread is allowed to run.
507
 
508
`set thread detach-suspend-count'
509
     This command sets the suspend count GDB will leave on a thread
510
     when detaching.  This number is relative to the suspend count
511
     found by GDB when it notices the thread; use `set thread
512
     takeover-suspend-count' to force it to an absolute value.
513
 
514
`show thread detach-suspend-count'
515
     Show the suspend count GDB will leave on the thread when detaching.
516
 
517
`set thread exception-port'
518
`set thread excp'
519
     Set the thread exception port to which to forward exceptions.  This
520
     overrides the port set by `set task exception-port' (see above).
521
     `set thread excp' is the shorthand alias.
522
 
523
`set thread takeover-suspend-count'
524
     Normally, GDB's thread suspend counts are relative to the value
525
     GDB finds when it notices each thread.  This command changes the
526
     suspend counts to be absolute instead.
527
 
528
`set thread default'
529
`show thread default'
530
     Each of the above `set thread' commands has a `set thread default'
531
     counterpart (e.g., `set thread default pause', `set thread default
532
     exception-port', etc.).  The `thread default' variety of commands
533
     sets the default thread properties for all threads; you can then
534
     change the properties of individual threads with the non-default
535
     commands.
536
 
537

538
File: gdb.info,  Node: Neutrino,  Next: Darwin,  Prev: Hurd Native,  Up: Native
539
 
540
21.1.7 QNX Neutrino
541
-------------------
542
 
543
GDB provides the following commands specific to the QNX Neutrino target:
544
 
545
`set debug nto-debug'
546
     When set to on, enables debugging messages specific to the QNX
547
     Neutrino support.
548
 
549
`show debug nto-debug'
550
     Show the current state of QNX Neutrino messages.
551
 
552

553
File: gdb.info,  Node: Darwin,  Prev: Neutrino,  Up: Native
554
 
555
21.1.8 Darwin
556
-------------
557
 
558
GDB provides the following commands specific to the Darwin target:
559
 
560
`set debug darwin NUM'
561
     When set to a non zero value, enables debugging messages specific
562
     to the Darwin support.  Higher values produce more verbose output.
563
 
564
`show debug darwin'
565
     Show the current state of Darwin messages.
566
 
567
`set debug mach-o NUM'
568
     When set to a non zero value, enables debugging messages while GDB
569
     is reading Darwin object files.  ("Mach-O" is the file format used
570
     on Darwin for object and executable files.)  Higher values produce
571
     more verbose output.  This is a command to diagnose problems
572
     internal to GDB and should not be needed in normal usage.
573
 
574
`show debug mach-o'
575
     Show the current state of Mach-O file messages.
576
 
577
`set mach-exceptions on'
578
`set mach-exceptions off'
579
     On Darwin, faults are first reported as a Mach exception and are
580
     then mapped to a Posix signal.  Use this command to turn on
581
     trapping of Mach exceptions in the inferior.  This might be
582
     sometimes useful to better understand the cause of a fault.  The
583
     default is off.
584
 
585
`show mach-exceptions'
586
     Show the current state of exceptions trapping.
587
 
588

589
File: gdb.info,  Node: Embedded OS,  Next: Embedded Processors,  Prev: Native,  Up: Configurations
590
 
591
21.2 Embedded Operating Systems
592
===============================
593
 
594
This section describes configurations involving the debugging of
595
embedded operating systems that are available for several different
596
architectures.
597
 
598
* Menu:
599
 
600
* VxWorks::                     Using GDB with VxWorks
601
 
602
   GDB includes the ability to debug programs running on various
603
real-time operating systems.
604
 
605

606
File: gdb.info,  Node: VxWorks,  Up: Embedded OS
607
 
608
21.2.1 Using GDB with VxWorks
609
-----------------------------
610
 
611
`target vxworks MACHINENAME'
612
     A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP.  The argument MACHINENAME
613
     is the target system's machine name or IP address.
614
 
615
 
616
   On VxWorks, `load' links FILENAME dynamically on the current target
617
system as well as adding its symbols in GDB.
618
 
619
   GDB enables developers to spawn and debug tasks running on networked
620
VxWorks targets from a Unix host.  Already-running tasks spawned from
621
the VxWorks shell can also be debugged.  GDB uses code that runs on
622
both the Unix host and on the VxWorks target.  The program `gdb' is
623
installed and executed on the Unix host.  (It may be installed with the
624
name `vxgdb', to distinguish it from a GDB for debugging programs on
625
the host itself.)
626
 
627
`VxWorks-timeout ARGS'
628
     All VxWorks-based targets now support the option `vxworks-timeout'.
629
     This option is set by the user, and  ARGS represents the number of
630
     seconds GDB waits for responses to rpc's.  You might use this if
631
     your VxWorks target is a slow software simulator or is on the far
632
     side of a thin network line.
633
 
634
   The following information on connecting to VxWorks was current when
635
this manual was produced; newer releases of VxWorks may use revised
636
procedures.
637
 
638
   To use GDB with VxWorks, you must rebuild your VxWorks kernel to
639
include the remote debugging interface routines in the VxWorks library
640
`rdb.a'.  To do this, define `INCLUDE_RDB' in the VxWorks configuration
641
file `configAll.h' and rebuild your VxWorks kernel.  The resulting
642
kernel contains `rdb.a', and spawns the source debugging task
643
`tRdbTask' when VxWorks is booted.  For more information on configuring
644
and remaking VxWorks, see the manufacturer's manual.
645
 
646
   Once you have included `rdb.a' in your VxWorks system image and set
647
your Unix execution search path to find GDB, you are ready to run GDB.
648
From your Unix host, run `gdb' (or `vxgdb', depending on your
649
installation).
650
 
651
   GDB comes up showing the prompt:
652
 
653
     (vxgdb)
654
 
655
* Menu:
656
 
657
* VxWorks Connection::          Connecting to VxWorks
658
* VxWorks Download::            VxWorks download
659
* VxWorks Attach::              Running tasks
660
 
661

662
File: gdb.info,  Node: VxWorks Connection,  Next: VxWorks Download,  Up: VxWorks
663
 
664
21.2.1.1 Connecting to VxWorks
665
..............................
666
 
667
The GDB command `target' lets you connect to a VxWorks target on the
668
network.  To connect to a target whose host name is "`tt'", type:
669
 
670
     (vxgdb) target vxworks tt
671
 
672
   GDB displays messages like these:
673
 
674
     Attaching remote machine across net...
675
     Connected to tt.
676
 
677
   GDB then attempts to read the symbol tables of any object modules
678
loaded into the VxWorks target since it was last booted.  GDB locates
679
these files by searching the directories listed in the command search
680
path (*note Your Program's Environment: Environment.); if it fails to
681
find an object file, it displays a message such as:
682
 
683
     prog.o: No such file or directory.
684
 
685
   When this happens, add the appropriate directory to the search path
686
with the GDB command `path', and execute the `target' command again.
687
 
688

689
File: gdb.info,  Node: VxWorks Download,  Next: VxWorks Attach,  Prev: VxWorks Connection,  Up: VxWorks
690
 
691
21.2.1.2 VxWorks Download
692
.........................
693
 
694
If you have connected to the VxWorks target and you want to debug an
695
object that has not yet been loaded, you can use the GDB `load' command
696
to download a file from Unix to VxWorks incrementally.  The object file
697
given as an argument to the `load' command is actually opened twice:
698
first by the VxWorks target in order to download the code, then by GDB
699
in order to read the symbol table.  This can lead to problems if the
700
current working directories on the two systems differ.  If both systems
701
have NFS mounted the same filesystems, you can avoid these problems by
702
using absolute paths.  Otherwise, it is simplest to set the working
703
directory on both systems to the directory in which the object file
704
resides, and then to reference the file by its name, without any path.
705
For instance, a program `prog.o' may reside in `VXPATH/vw/demo/rdb' in
706
VxWorks and in `HOSTPATH/vw/demo/rdb' on the host.  To load this
707
program, type this on VxWorks:
708
 
709
     -> cd "VXPATH/vw/demo/rdb"
710
 
711
Then, in GDB, type:
712
 
713
     (vxgdb) cd HOSTPATH/vw/demo/rdb
714
     (vxgdb) load prog.o
715
 
716
   GDB displays a response similar to this:
717
 
718
     Reading symbol data from wherever/vw/demo/rdb/prog.o... done.
719
 
720
   You can also use the `load' command to reload an object module after
721
editing and recompiling the corresponding source file.  Note that this
722
makes GDB delete all currently-defined breakpoints, auto-displays, and
723
convenience variables, and to clear the value history.  (This is
724
necessary in order to preserve the integrity of debugger's data
725
structures that reference the target system's symbol table.)
726
 
727

728
File: gdb.info,  Node: VxWorks Attach,  Prev: VxWorks Download,  Up: VxWorks
729
 
730
21.2.1.3 Running Tasks
731
......................
732
 
733
You can also attach to an existing task using the `attach' command as
734
follows:
735
 
736
     (vxgdb) attach TASK
737
 
738
where TASK is the VxWorks hexadecimal task ID.  The task can be running
739
or suspended when you attach to it.  Running tasks are suspended at the
740
time of attachment.
741
 
742

743
File: gdb.info,  Node: Embedded Processors,  Next: Architectures,  Prev: Embedded OS,  Up: Configurations
744
 
745
21.3 Embedded Processors
746
========================
747
 
748
This section goes into details specific to particular embedded
749
configurations.
750
 
751
   Whenever a specific embedded processor has a simulator, GDB allows
752
to send an arbitrary command to the simulator.
753
 
754
`sim COMMAND'
755
     Send an arbitrary COMMAND string to the simulator.  Consult the
756
     documentation for the specific simulator in use for information
757
     about acceptable commands.
758
 
759
* Menu:
760
 
761
* ARM::                         ARM RDI
762
* M32R/D::                      Renesas M32R/D
763
* M68K::                        Motorola M68K
764
* MicroBlaze::                  Xilinx MicroBlaze
765
* MIPS Embedded::               MIPS Embedded
766
* OpenRISC 1000::               OpenRisc 1000
767
* PA::                          HP PA Embedded
768
* PowerPC Embedded::            PowerPC Embedded
769
* Sparclet::                    Tsqware Sparclet
770
* Sparclite::                   Fujitsu Sparclite
771
* Z8000::                       Zilog Z8000
772
* AVR::                         Atmel AVR
773
* CRIS::                        CRIS
774
* Super-H::                     Renesas Super-H
775
 
776

777
File: gdb.info,  Node: ARM,  Next: M32R/D,  Up: Embedded Processors
778
 
779
21.3.1 ARM
780
----------
781
 
782
`target rdi DEV'
783
     ARM Angel monitor, via RDI library interface to ADP protocol.  You
784
     may use this target to communicate with both boards running the
785
     Angel monitor, or with the EmbeddedICE JTAG debug device.
786
 
787
`target rdp DEV'
788
     ARM Demon monitor.
789
 
790
 
791
   GDB provides the following ARM-specific commands:
792
 
793
`set arm disassembler'
794
     This commands selects from a list of disassembly styles.  The
795
     `"std"' style is the standard style.
796
 
797
`show arm disassembler'
798
     Show the current disassembly style.
799
 
800
`set arm apcs32'
801
     This command toggles ARM operation mode between 32-bit and 26-bit.
802
 
803
`show arm apcs32'
804
     Display the current usage of the ARM 32-bit mode.
805
 
806
`set arm fpu FPUTYPE'
807
     This command sets the ARM floating-point unit (FPU) type.  The
808
     argument FPUTYPE can be one of these:
809
 
810
    `auto'
811
          Determine the FPU type by querying the OS ABI.
812
 
813
    `softfpa'
814
          Software FPU, with mixed-endian doubles on little-endian ARM
815
          processors.
816
 
817
    `fpa'
818
          GCC-compiled FPA co-processor.
819
 
820
    `softvfp'
821
          Software FPU with pure-endian doubles.
822
 
823
    `vfp'
824
          VFP co-processor.
825
 
826
`show arm fpu'
827
     Show the current type of the FPU.
828
 
829
`set arm abi'
830
     This command forces GDB to use the specified ABI.
831
 
832
`show arm abi'
833
     Show the currently used ABI.
834
 
835
`set arm fallback-mode (arm|thumb|auto)'
836
     GDB uses the symbol table, when available, to determine whether
837
     instructions are ARM or Thumb.  This command controls GDB's
838
     default behavior when the symbol table is not available.  The
839
     default is `auto', which causes GDB to use the current execution
840
     mode (from the `T' bit in the `CPSR' register).
841
 
842
`show arm fallback-mode'
843
     Show the current fallback instruction mode.
844
 
845
`set arm force-mode (arm|thumb|auto)'
846
     This command overrides use of the symbol table to determine whether
847
     instructions are ARM or Thumb.  The default is `auto', which
848
     causes GDB to use the symbol table and then the setting of `set
849
     arm fallback-mode'.
850
 
851
`show arm force-mode'
852
     Show the current forced instruction mode.
853
 
854
`set debug arm'
855
     Toggle whether to display ARM-specific debugging messages from the
856
     ARM target support subsystem.
857
 
858
`show debug arm'
859
     Show whether ARM-specific debugging messages are enabled.
860
 
861
   The following commands are available when an ARM target is debugged
862
using the RDI interface:
863
 
864
`rdilogfile [FILE]'
865
     Set the filename for the ADP (Angel Debugger Protocol) packet log.
866
     With an argument, sets the log file to the specified FILE.  With
867
     no argument, show the current log file name.  The default log file
868
     is `rdi.log'.
869
 
870
`rdilogenable [ARG]'
871
     Control logging of ADP packets.  With an argument of 1 or `"yes"'
872
     enables logging, with an argument 0 or `"no"' disables it.  With
873
     no arguments displays the current setting.  When logging is
874
     enabled, ADP packets exchanged between GDB and the RDI target
875
     device are logged to a file.
876
 
877
`set rdiromatzero'
878
     Tell GDB whether the target has ROM at address 0.  If on, vector
879
     catching is disabled, so that zero address can be used.  If off
880
     (the default), vector catching is enabled.  For this command to
881
     take effect, it needs to be invoked prior to the `target rdi'
882
     command.
883
 
884
`show rdiromatzero'
885
     Show the current setting of ROM at zero address.
886
 
887
`set rdiheartbeat'
888
     Enable or disable RDI heartbeat packets.  It is not recommended to
889
     turn on this option, since it confuses ARM and EPI JTAG interface,
890
     as well as the Angel monitor.
891
 
892
`show rdiheartbeat'
893
     Show the setting of RDI heartbeat packets.
894
 
895
`target sim [SIMARGS] ...'
896
     The GDB ARM simulator accepts the following optional arguments.
897
 
898
    `--swi-support=TYPE'
899
          Tell the simulator which SWI interfaces to support.  TYPE may
900
          be a comma separated list of the following values.  The
901
          default value is `all'.
902
 
903
         `none'
904
 
905
         `demon'
906
 
907
         `angel'
908
 
909
         `redboot'
910
 
911
         `all'
912
 
913

914
File: gdb.info,  Node: M32R/D,  Next: M68K,  Prev: ARM,  Up: Embedded Processors
915
 
916
21.3.2 Renesas M32R/D and M32R/SDI
917
----------------------------------
918
 
919
`target m32r DEV'
920
     Renesas M32R/D ROM monitor.
921
 
922
`target m32rsdi DEV'
923
     Renesas M32R SDI server, connected via parallel port to the board.
924
 
925
   The following GDB commands are specific to the M32R monitor:
926
 
927
`set download-path PATH'
928
     Set the default path for finding downloadable SREC files.
929
 
930
`show download-path'
931
     Show the default path for downloadable SREC files.
932
 
933
`set board-address ADDR'
934
     Set the IP address for the M32R-EVA target board.
935
 
936
`show board-address'
937
     Show the current IP address of the target board.
938
 
939
`set server-address ADDR'
940
     Set the IP address for the download server, which is the GDB's
941
     host machine.
942
 
943
`show server-address'
944
     Display the IP address of the download server.
945
 
946
`upload [FILE]'
947
     Upload the specified SREC FILE via the monitor's Ethernet upload
948
     capability.  If no FILE argument is given, the current executable
949
     file is uploaded.
950
 
951
`tload [FILE]'
952
     Test the `upload' command.
953
 
954
   The following commands are available for M32R/SDI:
955
 
956
`sdireset'
957
     This command resets the SDI connection.
958
 
959
`sdistatus'
960
     This command shows the SDI connection status.
961
 
962
`debug_chaos'
963
     Instructs the remote that M32R/Chaos debugging is to be used.
964
 
965
`use_debug_dma'
966
     Instructs the remote to use the DEBUG_DMA method of accessing
967
     memory.
968
 
969
`use_mon_code'
970
     Instructs the remote to use the MON_CODE method of accessing
971
     memory.
972
 
973
`use_ib_break'
974
     Instructs the remote to set breakpoints by IB break.
975
 
976
`use_dbt_break'
977
     Instructs the remote to set breakpoints by DBT.
978
 
979

980
File: gdb.info,  Node: M68K,  Next: MicroBlaze,  Prev: M32R/D,  Up: Embedded Processors
981
 
982
21.3.3 M68k
983
-----------
984
 
985
The Motorola m68k configuration includes ColdFire support, and a target
986
command for the following ROM monitor.
987
 
988
`target dbug DEV'
989
     dBUG ROM monitor for Motorola ColdFire.
990
 
991
 
992

993
File: gdb.info,  Node: MicroBlaze,  Next: MIPS Embedded,  Prev: M68K,  Up: Embedded Processors
994
 
995
21.3.4 MicroBlaze
996
-----------------
997
 
998
The MicroBlaze is a soft-core processor supported on various Xilinx
999
FPGAs, such as Spartan or Virtex series.  Boards with these processors
1000
usually have JTAG ports which connect to a host system running the
1001
Xilinx Embedded Development Kit (EDK) or Software Development Kit (SDK).
1002
This host system is used to download the configuration bitstream to the
1003
target FPGA.  The Xilinx Microprocessor Debugger (XMD) program
1004
communicates with the target board using the JTAG interface and
1005
presents a `gdbserver' interface to the board.  By default `xmd' uses
1006
port `1234'.  (While it is possible to change this default port, it
1007
requires the use of undocumented `xmd' commands.  Contact Xilinx
1008
support if you need to do this.)
1009
 
1010
   Use these GDB commands to connect to the MicroBlaze target processor.
1011
 
1012
`target remote :1234'
1013
     Use this command to connect to the target if you are running GDB
1014
     on the same system as `xmd'.
1015
 
1016
`target remote XMD-HOST:1234'
1017
     Use this command to connect to the target if it is connected to
1018
     `xmd' running on a different system named XMD-HOST.
1019
 
1020
`load'
1021
     Use this command to download a program to the MicroBlaze target.
1022
 
1023
`set debug microblaze N'
1024
     Enable MicroBlaze-specific debugging messages if non-zero.
1025
 
1026
`show debug microblaze N'
1027
     Show MicroBlaze-specific debugging level.
1028
 
1029

1030
File: gdb.info,  Node: MIPS Embedded,  Next: OpenRISC 1000,  Prev: MicroBlaze,  Up: Embedded Processors
1031
 
1032
21.3.5 MIPS Embedded
1033
--------------------
1034
 
1035
GDB can use the MIPS remote debugging protocol to talk to a MIPS board
1036
attached to a serial line.  This is available when you configure GDB
1037
with `--target=mips-idt-ecoff'.
1038
 
1039
   Use these GDB commands to specify the connection to your target
1040
board:
1041
 
1042
`target mips PORT'
1043
     To run a program on the board, start up `gdb' with the name of
1044
     your program as the argument.  To connect to the board, use the
1045
     command `target mips PORT', where PORT is the name of the serial
1046
     port connected to the board.  If the program has not already been
1047
     downloaded to the board, you may use the `load' command to
1048
     download it.  You can then use all the usual GDB commands.
1049
 
1050
     For example, this sequence connects to the target board through a
1051
     serial port, and loads and runs a program called PROG through the
1052
     debugger:
1053
 
1054
          host$ gdb PROG
1055
          GDB is free software and ...
1056
          (gdb) target mips /dev/ttyb
1057
          (gdb) load PROG
1058
          (gdb) run
1059
 
1060
`target mips HOSTNAME:PORTNUMBER'
1061
     On some GDB host configurations, you can specify a TCP connection
1062
     (for instance, to a serial line managed by a terminal
1063
     concentrator) instead of a serial port, using the syntax
1064
     `HOSTNAME:PORTNUMBER'.
1065
 
1066
`target pmon PORT'
1067
     PMON ROM monitor.
1068
 
1069
`target ddb PORT'
1070
     NEC's DDB variant of PMON for Vr4300.
1071
 
1072
`target lsi PORT'
1073
     LSI variant of PMON.
1074
 
1075
`target r3900 DEV'
1076
     Densan DVE-R3900 ROM monitor for Toshiba R3900 Mips.
1077
 
1078
`target array DEV'
1079
     Array Tech LSI33K RAID controller board.
1080
 
1081
 
1082
GDB also supports these special commands for MIPS targets:
1083
 
1084
`set mipsfpu double'
1085
`set mipsfpu single'
1086
`set mipsfpu none'
1087
`set mipsfpu auto'
1088
`show mipsfpu'
1089
     If your target board does not support the MIPS floating point
1090
     coprocessor, you should use the command `set mipsfpu none' (if you
1091
     need this, you may wish to put the command in your GDB init file).
1092
     This tells GDB how to find the return value of functions which
1093
     return floating point values.  It also allows GDB to avoid saving
1094
     the floating point registers when calling functions on the board.
1095
     If you are using a floating point coprocessor with only single
1096
     precision floating point support, as on the R4650 processor, use
1097
     the command `set mipsfpu single'.  The default double precision
1098
     floating point coprocessor may be selected using `set mipsfpu
1099
     double'.
1100
 
1101
     In previous versions the only choices were double precision or no
1102
     floating point, so `set mipsfpu on' will select double precision
1103
     and `set mipsfpu off' will select no floating point.
1104
 
1105
     As usual, you can inquire about the `mipsfpu' variable with `show
1106
     mipsfpu'.
1107
 
1108
`set timeout SECONDS'
1109
`set retransmit-timeout SECONDS'
1110
`show timeout'
1111
`show retransmit-timeout'
1112
     You can control the timeout used while waiting for a packet, in
1113
     the MIPS remote protocol, with the `set timeout SECONDS' command.
1114
     The default is 5 seconds.  Similarly, you can control the timeout
1115
     used while waiting for an acknowledgment of a packet with the `set
1116
     retransmit-timeout SECONDS' command.  The default is 3 seconds.
1117
     You can inspect both values with `show timeout' and `show
1118
     retransmit-timeout'.  (These commands are _only_ available when
1119
     GDB is configured for `--target=mips-idt-ecoff'.)
1120
 
1121
     The timeout set by `set timeout' does not apply when GDB is
1122
     waiting for your program to stop.  In that case, GDB waits forever
1123
     because it has no way of knowing how long the program is going to
1124
     run before stopping.
1125
 
1126
`set syn-garbage-limit NUM'
1127
     Limit the maximum number of characters GDB should ignore when it
1128
     tries to synchronize with the remote target.  The default is 10
1129
     characters.  Setting the limit to -1 means there's no limit.
1130
 
1131
`show syn-garbage-limit'
1132
     Show the current limit on the number of characters to ignore when
1133
     trying to synchronize with the remote system.
1134
 
1135
`set monitor-prompt PROMPT'
1136
     Tell GDB to expect the specified PROMPT string from the remote
1137
     monitor.  The default depends on the target:
1138
    pmon target
1139
          `PMON'
1140
 
1141
    ddb target
1142
          `NEC010'
1143
 
1144
    lsi target
1145
          `PMON>'
1146
 
1147
`show monitor-prompt'
1148
     Show the current strings GDB expects as the prompt from the remote
1149
     monitor.
1150
 
1151
`set monitor-warnings'
1152
     Enable or disable monitor warnings about hardware breakpoints.
1153
     This has effect only for the `lsi' target.  When on, GDB will
1154
     display warning messages whose codes are returned by the `lsi'
1155
     PMON monitor for breakpoint commands.
1156
 
1157
`show monitor-warnings'
1158
     Show the current setting of printing monitor warnings.
1159
 
1160
`pmon COMMAND'
1161
     This command allows sending an arbitrary COMMAND string to the
1162
     monitor.  The monitor must be in debug mode for this to work.
1163
 
1164

1165
File: gdb.info,  Node: OpenRISC 1000,  Next: PA,  Prev: MIPS Embedded,  Up: Embedded Processors
1166
 
1167
21.3.6 OpenRISC 1000
1168
--------------------
1169
 
1170 342 jeremybenn
Previous versions of GDB supported remote connection via a proprietary
1171
JTAG protocol using the `target jtag' command. Support for this has now
1172
been dropped.
1173 330 jeremybenn
 
1174 342 jeremybenn
`target remote'
1175
     This is now the only way to connect to a remote OpenRISC 1000
1176
     target.  This is supported by "Or1ksim", the OpenRISC 1000
1177
     architectural simulator, and Verilator and Icarus Verilog
1178
     simulations.  "Remote serial protocol" servers are also available
1179
     to drive various hardware implementations via JTAG.  Connects to
1180
     remote JTAG server.
1181 330 jeremybenn
 
1182 342 jeremybenn
     Example: `target remote :51000'
1183 330 jeremybenn
 
1184 342 jeremybenn
`target sim'
1185
     "Or1ksim", the OpenRISC 1000 architectural simulator is now
1186
     incorporated within GDB as a simulator target.  It is started in
1187
     quiet mode with 8M of memory starting at address 0.  It is possible
1188
     to pass arguments to extend this configuration using the `-f'
1189
     option to `target sim'.  However for more complex use, the user is
1190
     advised to run "Or1ksim" separately, with its own configuration
1191
     file, and connect using `target remote'
1192 330 jeremybenn
 
1193 342 jeremybenn
     Example: `target sim'
1194
 
1195 330 jeremybenn
`info or1k spr'
1196 342 jeremybenn
     Displays groups.
1197 330 jeremybenn
 
1198 342 jeremybenn
`info spr GROUP'
1199
`info spr GROUPNO'
1200 330 jeremybenn
     Displays register names in selected group.
1201
 
1202 342 jeremybenn
`info spr GROUP REGISTER'
1203
`info spr REGISTER'
1204
`info spr GROUPNO REGISTERNO'
1205
`info spr REGISTERNO'
1206 330 jeremybenn
     Shows information about specified spr register.
1207
 
1208 342 jeremybenn
     Example: `info spr DRR'
1209
 
1210
     `DEBUG.DRR = SPR6_21 = 0 (0x0)'
1211
 
1212 330 jeremybenn
`spr GROUP REGISTER VALUE'
1213
`spr REGISTER VALUE'
1214
`spr GROUPNO REGISTERNO VALUE'
1215
`spr REGISTERNO VALUE'
1216
     Writes VALUE to specified spr register.
1217
 
1218 342 jeremybenn
     Example: spr PICMR 0x24
1219 330 jeremybenn
 
1220 342 jeremybenn
   The use of `info' and `spr' commands is anachronistic.  At some time
1221
in the future they will be replaced by `show spr' and `set spr'.
1222 330 jeremybenn
 
1223 342 jeremybenn
   There are some known problems with the current implementation
1224 330 jeremybenn
 
1225 342 jeremybenn
  1. Some OpenRISC 1000 targets support hardware breakpoints and
1226
     watchpoints.  Consult the target documentation for details.  GDB
1227
     is not perfect in handling of watchpoints.  It is possible to
1228
     allocate hardware watchpoints and not discover until running that
1229
     sufficient watchpoints are not available.  It is also possible
1230
     that GDB will report watchpoints being hit spuriously.  This can
1231
     be down to the assembly code having additional memory accesses
1232
     that are not obviously reflected in the source code.
1233 330 jeremybenn
 
1234 342 jeremybenn
  2. The OpenRISC 1000 architecture has evolved since the first port of
1235
     GDB. In particular the structure of the Unit Present register has
1236
     changed and the CPU Configuration register has been added.  The
1237 512 jeremybenn
     port of GDB version 7.2-or32-1.0rc3 uses the _current_
1238 342 jeremybenn
     specification of the OpenRISC 1000.
1239 330 jeremybenn
 
1240
 
1241 342 jeremybenn
   Reports of bugs are much welcomed. Please report problems through the
1242
OpenRISC tracker at downloads (http://opencores.org/openrisc).
1243 330 jeremybenn
 
1244

1245
File: gdb.info,  Node: PowerPC Embedded,  Next: Sparclet,  Prev: PA,  Up: Embedded Processors
1246
 
1247
21.3.7 PowerPC Embedded
1248
-----------------------
1249
 
1250
GDB supports using the DVC (Data Value Compare) register to implement
1251
in hardware simple hardware watchpoint conditions of the form:
1252
 
1253
     (gdb) watch ADDRESS|VARIABLE \
1254
       if  ADDRESS|VARIABLE == CONSTANT EXPRESSION
1255
 
1256
   The DVC register will be automatically used whenever GDB detects
1257
such pattern in a condition expression.  This feature is available in
1258
native GDB running on a Linux kernel version 2.6.34 or newer.
1259
 
1260
   GDB provides the following PowerPC-specific commands:
1261
 
1262
`set powerpc soft-float'
1263
`show powerpc soft-float'
1264
     Force GDB to use (or not use) a software floating point calling
1265
     convention.  By default, GDB selects the calling convention based
1266
     on the selected architecture and the provided executable file.
1267
 
1268
`set powerpc vector-abi'
1269
`show powerpc vector-abi'
1270
     Force GDB to use the specified calling convention for vector
1271
     arguments and return values.  The valid options are `auto';
1272
     `generic', to avoid vector registers even if they are present;
1273
     `altivec', to use AltiVec registers; and `spe' to use SPE
1274
     registers.  By default, GDB selects the calling convention based
1275
     on the selected architecture and the provided executable file.
1276
 
1277
`target dink32 DEV'
1278
     DINK32 ROM monitor.
1279
 
1280
`target ppcbug DEV'
1281
 
1282
`target ppcbug1 DEV'
1283
     PPCBUG ROM monitor for PowerPC.
1284
 
1285
`target sds DEV'
1286
     SDS monitor, running on a PowerPC board (such as Motorola's ADS).
1287
 
1288
   The following commands specific to the SDS protocol are supported by
1289
GDB:
1290
 
1291
`set sdstimeout NSEC'
1292
     Set the timeout for SDS protocol reads to be NSEC seconds.  The
1293
     default is 2 seconds.
1294
 
1295
`show sdstimeout'
1296
     Show the current value of the SDS timeout.
1297
 
1298
`sds COMMAND'
1299
     Send the specified COMMAND string to the SDS monitor.
1300
 
1301

1302
File: gdb.info,  Node: PA,  Next: PowerPC Embedded,  Prev: OpenRISC 1000,  Up: Embedded Processors
1303
 
1304
21.3.8 HP PA Embedded
1305
---------------------
1306
 
1307
`target op50n DEV'
1308
     OP50N monitor, running on an OKI HPPA board.
1309
 
1310
`target w89k DEV'
1311
     W89K monitor, running on a Winbond HPPA board.
1312
 
1313
 
1314

1315
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sparclet,  Next: Sparclite,  Prev: PowerPC Embedded,  Up: Embedded Processors
1316
 
1317
21.3.9 Tsqware Sparclet
1318
-----------------------
1319
 
1320
GDB enables developers to debug tasks running on Sparclet targets from
1321
a Unix host.  GDB uses code that runs on both the Unix host and on the
1322
Sparclet target.  The program `gdb' is installed and executed on the
1323
Unix host.
1324
 
1325
`remotetimeout ARGS'
1326
     GDB supports the option `remotetimeout'.  This option is set by
1327
     the user, and  ARGS represents the number of seconds GDB waits for
1328
     responses.
1329
 
1330
   When compiling for debugging, include the options `-g' to get debug
1331
information and `-Ttext' to relocate the program to where you wish to
1332
load it on the target.  You may also want to add the options `-n' or
1333
`-N' in order to reduce the size of the sections.  Example:
1334
 
1335
     sparclet-aout-gcc prog.c -Ttext 0x12010000 -g -o prog -N
1336
 
1337
   You can use `objdump' to verify that the addresses are what you
1338
intended:
1339
 
1340
     sparclet-aout-objdump --headers --syms prog
1341
 
1342
   Once you have set your Unix execution search path to find GDB, you
1343
are ready to run GDB.  From your Unix host, run `gdb' (or
1344
`sparclet-aout-gdb', depending on your installation).
1345
 
1346
   GDB comes up showing the prompt:
1347
 
1348
     (gdbslet)
1349
 
1350
* Menu:
1351
 
1352
* Sparclet File::                Setting the file to debug
1353
* Sparclet Connection::          Connecting to Sparclet
1354
* Sparclet Download::            Sparclet download
1355
* Sparclet Execution::           Running and debugging
1356
 
1357

1358
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sparclet File,  Next: Sparclet Connection,  Up: Sparclet
1359
 
1360
21.3.9.1 Setting File to Debug
1361
..............................
1362
 
1363
The GDB command `file' lets you choose with program to debug.
1364
 
1365
     (gdbslet) file prog
1366
 
1367
   GDB then attempts to read the symbol table of `prog'.  GDB locates
1368
the file by searching the directories listed in the command search path.
1369
If the file was compiled with debug information (option `-g'), source
1370
files will be searched as well.  GDB locates the source files by
1371
searching the directories listed in the directory search path (*note
1372
Your Program's Environment: Environment.).  If it fails to find a file,
1373
it displays a message such as:
1374
 
1375
     prog: No such file or directory.
1376
 
1377
   When this happens, add the appropriate directories to the search
1378
paths with the GDB commands `path' and `dir', and execute the `target'
1379
command again.
1380
 
1381

1382
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sparclet Connection,  Next: Sparclet Download,  Prev: Sparclet File,  Up: Sparclet
1383
 
1384
21.3.9.2 Connecting to Sparclet
1385
...............................
1386
 
1387
The GDB command `target' lets you connect to a Sparclet target.  To
1388
connect to a target on serial port "`ttya'", type:
1389
 
1390
     (gdbslet) target sparclet /dev/ttya
1391
     Remote target sparclet connected to /dev/ttya
1392
     main () at ../prog.c:3
1393
 
1394
   GDB displays messages like these:
1395
 
1396
     Connected to ttya.
1397
 
1398

1399
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sparclet Download,  Next: Sparclet Execution,  Prev: Sparclet Connection,  Up: Sparclet
1400
 
1401
21.3.9.3 Sparclet Download
1402
..........................
1403
 
1404
Once connected to the Sparclet target, you can use the GDB `load'
1405
command to download the file from the host to the target.  The file
1406
name and load offset should be given as arguments to the `load' command.
1407
Since the file format is aout, the program must be loaded to the
1408
starting address.  You can use `objdump' to find out what this value
1409
is.  The load offset is an offset which is added to the VMA (virtual
1410
memory address) of each of the file's sections.  For instance, if the
1411
program `prog' was linked to text address 0x1201000, with data at
1412
0x12010160 and bss at 0x12010170, in GDB, type:
1413
 
1414
     (gdbslet) load prog 0x12010000
1415
     Loading section .text, size 0xdb0 vma 0x12010000
1416
 
1417
   If the code is loaded at a different address then what the program
1418
was linked to, you may need to use the `section' and `add-symbol-file'
1419
commands to tell GDB where to map the symbol table.
1420
 
1421

1422
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sparclet Execution,  Prev: Sparclet Download,  Up: Sparclet
1423
 
1424
21.3.9.4 Running and Debugging
1425
..............................
1426
 
1427
You can now begin debugging the task using GDB's execution control
1428
commands, `b', `step', `run', etc.  See the GDB manual for the list of
1429
commands.
1430
 
1431
     (gdbslet) b main
1432
     Breakpoint 1 at 0x12010000: file prog.c, line 3.
1433
     (gdbslet) run
1434
     Starting program: prog
1435
     Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xeffff21c) at prog.c:3
1436
     3        char *symarg = 0;
1437
     (gdbslet) step
1438
     4        char *execarg = "hello!";
1439
     (gdbslet)
1440
 
1441

1442
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sparclite,  Next: Z8000,  Prev: Sparclet,  Up: Embedded Processors
1443
 
1444
21.3.10 Fujitsu Sparclite
1445
-------------------------
1446
 
1447
`target sparclite DEV'
1448
     Fujitsu sparclite boards, used only for the purpose of loading.
1449
     You must use an additional command to debug the program.  For
1450
     example: target remote DEV using GDB standard remote protocol.
1451
 
1452
 
1453

1454
File: gdb.info,  Node: Z8000,  Next: AVR,  Prev: Sparclite,  Up: Embedded Processors
1455
 
1456
21.3.11 Zilog Z8000
1457
-------------------
1458
 
1459
When configured for debugging Zilog Z8000 targets, GDB includes a Z8000
1460
simulator.
1461
 
1462
   For the Z8000 family, `target sim' simulates either the Z8002 (the
1463
unsegmented variant of the Z8000 architecture) or the Z8001 (the
1464
segmented variant).  The simulator recognizes which architecture is
1465
appropriate by inspecting the object code.
1466
 
1467
`target sim ARGS'
1468
     Debug programs on a simulated CPU.  If the simulator supports setup
1469
     options, specify them via ARGS.
1470
 
1471
After specifying this target, you can debug programs for the simulated
1472
CPU in the same style as programs for your host computer; use the
1473
`file' command to load a new program image, the `run' command to run
1474
your program, and so on.
1475
 
1476
   As well as making available all the usual machine registers (*note
1477
Registers: Registers.), the Z8000 simulator provides three additional
1478
items of information as specially named registers:
1479
 
1480
`cycles'
1481
     Counts clock-ticks in the simulator.
1482
 
1483
`insts'
1484
     Counts instructions run in the simulator.
1485
 
1486
`time'
1487
     Execution time in 60ths of a second.
1488
 
1489
 
1490
   You can refer to these values in GDB expressions with the usual
1491
conventions; for example, `b fputc if $cycles>5000' sets a conditional
1492
breakpoint that suspends only after at least 5000 simulated clock ticks.
1493
 
1494

1495
File: gdb.info,  Node: AVR,  Next: CRIS,  Prev: Z8000,  Up: Embedded Processors
1496
 
1497
21.3.12 Atmel AVR
1498
-----------------
1499
 
1500
When configured for debugging the Atmel AVR, GDB supports the following
1501
AVR-specific commands:
1502
 
1503
`info io_registers'
1504
     This command displays information about the AVR I/O registers.  For
1505
     each register, GDB prints its number and value.
1506
 
1507

1508
File: gdb.info,  Node: CRIS,  Next: Super-H,  Prev: AVR,  Up: Embedded Processors
1509
 
1510
21.3.13 CRIS
1511
------------
1512
 
1513
When configured for debugging CRIS, GDB provides the following
1514
CRIS-specific commands:
1515
 
1516
`set cris-version VER'
1517
     Set the current CRIS version to VER, either `10' or `32'.  The
1518
     CRIS version affects register names and sizes.  This command is
1519
     useful in case autodetection of the CRIS version fails.
1520
 
1521
`show cris-version'
1522
     Show the current CRIS version.
1523
 
1524
`set cris-dwarf2-cfi'
1525
     Set the usage of DWARF-2 CFI for CRIS debugging.  The default is
1526
     `on'.  Change to `off' when using `gcc-cris' whose version is below
1527
     `R59'.
1528
 
1529
`show cris-dwarf2-cfi'
1530
     Show the current state of using DWARF-2 CFI.
1531
 
1532
`set cris-mode MODE'
1533
     Set the current CRIS mode to MODE.  It should only be changed when
1534
     debugging in guru mode, in which case it should be set to `guru'
1535
     (the default is `normal').
1536
 
1537
`show cris-mode'
1538
     Show the current CRIS mode.
1539
 
1540

1541
File: gdb.info,  Node: Super-H,  Prev: CRIS,  Up: Embedded Processors
1542
 
1543
21.3.14 Renesas Super-H
1544
-----------------------
1545
 
1546
For the Renesas Super-H processor, GDB provides these commands:
1547
 
1548
`regs'
1549
     Show the values of all Super-H registers.
1550
 
1551
`set sh calling-convention CONVENTION'
1552
     Set the calling-convention used when calling functions from GDB.
1553
     Allowed values are `gcc', which is the default setting, and
1554
     `renesas'.  With the `gcc' setting, functions are called using the
1555
     GCC calling convention.  If the DWARF-2 information of the called
1556
     function specifies that the function follows the Renesas calling
1557
     convention, the function is called using the Renesas calling
1558
     convention.  If the calling convention is set to `renesas', the
1559
     Renesas calling convention is always used, regardless of the
1560
     DWARF-2 information.  This can be used to override the default of
1561
     `gcc' if debug information is missing, or the compiler does not
1562
     emit the DWARF-2 calling convention entry for a function.
1563
 
1564
`show sh calling-convention'
1565
     Show the current calling convention setting.
1566
 
1567
 
1568

1569
File: gdb.info,  Node: Architectures,  Prev: Embedded Processors,  Up: Configurations
1570
 
1571
21.4 Architectures
1572
==================
1573
 
1574
This section describes characteristics of architectures that affect all
1575
uses of GDB with the architecture, both native and cross.
1576
 
1577
* Menu:
1578
 
1579
* i386::
1580
* A29K::
1581
* Alpha::
1582
* MIPS::
1583
* HPPA::               HP PA architecture
1584
* SPU::                Cell Broadband Engine SPU architecture
1585
* PowerPC::
1586
 
1587

1588
File: gdb.info,  Node: i386,  Next: A29K,  Up: Architectures
1589
 
1590
21.4.1 x86 Architecture-specific Issues
1591
---------------------------------------
1592
 
1593
`set struct-convention MODE'
1594
     Set the convention used by the inferior to return `struct's and
1595
     `union's from functions to MODE.  Possible values of MODE are
1596
     `"pcc"', `"reg"', and `"default"' (the default).  `"default"' or
1597
     `"pcc"' means that `struct's are returned on the stack, while
1598
     `"reg"' means that a `struct' or a `union' whose size is 1, 2, 4,
1599
     or 8 bytes will be returned in a register.
1600
 
1601
`show struct-convention'
1602
     Show the current setting of the convention to return `struct's
1603
     from functions.
1604
 
1605

1606
File: gdb.info,  Node: A29K,  Next: Alpha,  Prev: i386,  Up: Architectures
1607
 
1608
21.4.2 A29K
1609
-----------
1610
 
1611
`set rstack_high_address ADDRESS'
1612
     On AMD 29000 family processors, registers are saved in a separate
1613
     "register stack".  There is no way for GDB to determine the extent
1614
     of this stack.  Normally, GDB just assumes that the stack is
1615
     "large enough".  This may result in GDB referencing memory
1616
     locations that do not exist.  If necessary, you can get around
1617
     this problem by specifying the ending address of the register
1618
     stack with the `set rstack_high_address' command.  The argument
1619
     should be an address, which you probably want to precede with `0x'
1620
     to specify in hexadecimal.
1621
 
1622
`show rstack_high_address'
1623
     Display the current limit of the register stack, on AMD 29000
1624
     family processors.
1625
 
1626
 
1627

1628
File: gdb.info,  Node: Alpha,  Next: MIPS,  Prev: A29K,  Up: Architectures
1629
 
1630
21.4.3 Alpha
1631
------------
1632
 
1633
See the following section.
1634
 
1635

1636
File: gdb.info,  Node: MIPS,  Next: HPPA,  Prev: Alpha,  Up: Architectures
1637
 
1638
21.4.4 MIPS
1639
-----------
1640
 
1641
Alpha- and MIPS-based computers use an unusual stack frame, which
1642
sometimes requires GDB to search backward in the object code to find
1643
the beginning of a function.
1644
 
1645
   To improve response time (especially for embedded applications, where
1646
GDB may be restricted to a slow serial line for this search) you may
1647
want to limit the size of this search, using one of these commands:
1648
 
1649
`set heuristic-fence-post LIMIT'
1650
     Restrict GDB to examining at most LIMIT bytes in its search for
1651
     the beginning of a function.  A value of 0 (the default) means
1652
     there is no limit.  However, except for 0, the larger the limit
1653
     the more bytes `heuristic-fence-post' must search and therefore
1654
     the longer it takes to run.  You should only need to use this
1655
     command when debugging a stripped executable.
1656
 
1657
`show heuristic-fence-post'
1658
     Display the current limit.
1659
 
1660
These commands are available _only_ when GDB is configured for
1661
debugging programs on Alpha or MIPS processors.
1662
 
1663
   Several MIPS-specific commands are available when debugging MIPS
1664
programs:
1665
 
1666
`set mips abi ARG'
1667
     Tell GDB which MIPS ABI is used by the inferior.  Possible values
1668
     of ARG are:
1669
 
1670
    `auto'
1671
          The default ABI associated with the current binary (this is
1672
          the default).
1673
 
1674
    `o32'
1675
 
1676
    `o64'
1677
 
1678
    `n32'
1679
 
1680
    `n64'
1681
 
1682
    `eabi32'
1683
 
1684
    `eabi64'
1685
 
1686
    `auto'
1687
 
1688
`show mips abi'
1689
     Show the MIPS ABI used by GDB to debug the inferior.
1690
 
1691
`set mipsfpu'
1692
`show mipsfpu'
1693
     *Note set mipsfpu: MIPS Embedded.
1694
 
1695
`set mips mask-address ARG'
1696
     This command determines whether the most-significant 32 bits of
1697
     64-bit MIPS addresses are masked off.  The argument ARG can be
1698
     `on', `off', or `auto'.  The latter is the default setting, which
1699
     lets GDB determine the correct value.
1700
 
1701
`show mips mask-address'
1702
     Show whether the upper 32 bits of MIPS addresses are masked off or
1703
     not.
1704
 
1705
`set remote-mips64-transfers-32bit-regs'
1706
     This command controls compatibility with 64-bit MIPS targets that
1707
     transfer data in 32-bit quantities.  If you have an old MIPS 64
1708
     target that transfers 32 bits for some registers, like SR and FSR,
1709
     and 64 bits for other registers, set this option to `on'.
1710
 
1711
`show remote-mips64-transfers-32bit-regs'
1712
     Show the current setting of compatibility with older MIPS 64
1713
     targets.
1714
 
1715
`set debug mips'
1716
     This command turns on and off debugging messages for the
1717
     MIPS-specific target code in GDB.
1718
 
1719
`show debug mips'
1720
     Show the current setting of MIPS debugging messages.
1721
 
1722

1723
File: gdb.info,  Node: HPPA,  Next: SPU,  Prev: MIPS,  Up: Architectures
1724
 
1725
21.4.5 HPPA
1726
-----------
1727
 
1728
When GDB is debugging the HP PA architecture, it provides the following
1729
special commands:
1730
 
1731
`set debug hppa'
1732
     This command determines whether HPPA architecture-specific
1733
     debugging messages are to be displayed.
1734
 
1735
`show debug hppa'
1736
     Show whether HPPA debugging messages are displayed.
1737
 
1738
`maint print unwind ADDRESS'
1739
     This command displays the contents of the unwind table entry at the
1740
     given ADDRESS.
1741
 
1742
 
1743

1744
File: gdb.info,  Node: SPU,  Next: PowerPC,  Prev: HPPA,  Up: Architectures
1745
 
1746
21.4.6 Cell Broadband Engine SPU architecture
1747
---------------------------------------------
1748
 
1749
When GDB is debugging the Cell Broadband Engine SPU architecture, it
1750
provides the following special commands:
1751
 
1752
`info spu event'
1753
     Display SPU event facility status.  Shows current event mask and
1754
     pending event status.
1755
 
1756
`info spu signal'
1757
     Display SPU signal notification facility status.  Shows pending
1758
     signal-control word and signal notification mode of both signal
1759
     notification channels.
1760
 
1761
`info spu mailbox'
1762
     Display SPU mailbox facility status.  Shows all pending entries,
1763
     in order of processing, in each of the SPU Write Outbound, SPU
1764
     Write Outbound Interrupt, and SPU Read Inbound mailboxes.
1765
 
1766
`info spu dma'
1767
     Display MFC DMA status.  Shows all pending commands in the MFC DMA
1768
     queue.  For each entry, opcode, tag, class IDs, effective and
1769
     local store addresses and transfer size are shown.
1770
 
1771
`info spu proxydma'
1772
     Display MFC Proxy-DMA status.  Shows all pending commands in the
1773
     MFC Proxy-DMA queue.  For each entry, opcode, tag, class IDs,
1774
     effective and local store addresses and transfer size are shown.
1775
 
1776
 
1777
   When GDB is debugging a combined PowerPC/SPU application on the Cell
1778
Broadband Engine, it provides in addition the following special
1779
commands:
1780
 
1781
`set spu stop-on-load ARG'
1782
     Set whether to stop for new SPE threads.  When set to `on', GDB
1783
     will give control to the user when a new SPE thread enters its
1784
     `main' function.  The default is `off'.
1785
 
1786
`show spu stop-on-load'
1787
     Show whether to stop for new SPE threads.
1788
 
1789
`set spu auto-flush-cache ARG'
1790
     Set whether to automatically flush the software-managed cache.
1791
     When set to `on', GDB will automatically cause the SPE
1792
     software-managed cache to be flushed whenever SPE execution stops.
1793 342 jeremybenn
     This provides a consistent view of PowerPC memory that is accessed
1794
     via the cache.  If an application does not use the
1795 330 jeremybenn
     software-managed cache, this option has no effect.
1796
 
1797
`show spu auto-flush-cache'
1798
     Show whether to automatically flush the software-managed cache.
1799
 
1800
 
1801

1802
File: gdb.info,  Node: PowerPC,  Prev: SPU,  Up: Architectures
1803
 
1804
21.4.7 PowerPC
1805
--------------
1806
 
1807
When GDB is debugging the PowerPC architecture, it provides a set of
1808
pseudo-registers to enable inspection of 128-bit wide Decimal Floating
1809
Point numbers stored in the floating point registers. These values must
1810
be stored in two consecutive registers, always starting at an even
1811
register like `f0' or `f2'.
1812
 
1813
   The pseudo-registers go from `$dl0' through `$dl15', and are formed
1814
by joining the even/odd register pairs `f0' and `f1' for `$dl0', `f2'
1815
and `f3' for `$dl1' and so on.
1816
 
1817
   For POWER7 processors, GDB provides a set of pseudo-registers, the
1818
64-bit wide Extended Floating Point Registers (`f32' through `f63').
1819
 
1820

1821
File: gdb.info,  Node: Controlling GDB,  Next: Extending GDB,  Prev: Configurations,  Up: Top
1822
 
1823
22 Controlling GDB
1824
******************
1825
 
1826
You can alter the way GDB interacts with you by using the `set'
1827 342 jeremybenn
command.  For commands controlling how GDB displays data, see *note
1828 330 jeremybenn
Print Settings: Print Settings.  Other settings are described here.
1829
 
1830
* Menu:
1831
 
1832
* Prompt::                      Prompt
1833
* Editing::                     Command editing
1834
* Command History::             Command history
1835
* Screen Size::                 Screen size
1836
* Numbers::                     Numbers
1837
* ABI::                         Configuring the current ABI
1838
* Messages/Warnings::           Optional warnings and messages
1839
* Debugging Output::            Optional messages about internal happenings
1840
* Other Misc Settings::         Other Miscellaneous Settings
1841
 
1842

1843
File: gdb.info,  Node: Prompt,  Next: Editing,  Up: Controlling GDB
1844
 
1845
22.1 Prompt
1846
===========
1847
 
1848
GDB indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string
1849
called the "prompt".  This string is normally `(gdb)'.  You can change
1850
the prompt string with the `set prompt' command.  For instance, when
1851
debugging GDB with GDB, it is useful to change the prompt in one of the
1852
GDB sessions so that you can always tell which one you are talking to.
1853
 
1854
   _Note:_  `set prompt' does not add a space for you after the prompt
1855
you set.  This allows you to set a prompt which ends in a space or a
1856
prompt that does not.
1857
 
1858
`set prompt NEWPROMPT'
1859
     Directs GDB to use NEWPROMPT as its prompt string henceforth.
1860
 
1861
`show prompt'
1862
     Prints a line of the form: `Gdb's prompt is: YOUR-PROMPT'
1863
 
1864

1865
File: gdb.info,  Node: Editing,  Next: Command History,  Prev: Prompt,  Up: Controlling GDB
1866
 
1867
22.2 Command Editing
1868
====================
1869
 
1870
GDB reads its input commands via the "Readline" interface.  This GNU
1871
library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a
1872
command line interface to the user.  Advantages are GNU Emacs-style or
1873
"vi"-style inline editing of commands, `csh'-like history substitution,
1874
and a storage and recall of command history across debugging sessions.
1875
 
1876
   You may control the behavior of command line editing in GDB with the
1877
command `set'.
1878
 
1879
`set editing'
1880
`set editing on'
1881
     Enable command line editing (enabled by default).
1882
 
1883
`set editing off'
1884
     Disable command line editing.
1885
 
1886
`show editing'
1887
     Show whether command line editing is enabled.
1888
 
1889
   *Note Command Line Editing::, for more details about the Readline
1890
interface.  Users unfamiliar with GNU Emacs or `vi' are encouraged to
1891
read that chapter.
1892
 
1893

1894
File: gdb.info,  Node: Command History,  Next: Screen Size,  Prev: Editing,  Up: Controlling GDB
1895
 
1896
22.3 Command History
1897
====================
1898
 
1899
GDB can keep track of the commands you type during your debugging
1900
sessions, so that you can be certain of precisely what happened.  Use
1901
these commands to manage the GDB command history facility.
1902
 
1903
   GDB uses the GNU History library, a part of the Readline package, to
1904
provide the history facility.  *Note Using History Interactively::, for
1905
the detailed description of the History library.
1906
 
1907
   To issue a command to GDB without affecting certain aspects of the
1908
state which is seen by users, prefix it with `server ' (*note Server
1909
Prefix::).  This means that this command will not affect the command
1910
history, nor will it affect GDB's notion of which command to repeat if
1911
 is pressed on a line by itself.
1912
 
1913
   The server prefix does not affect the recording of values into the
1914
value history; to print a value without recording it into the value
1915
history, use the `output' command instead of the `print' command.
1916
 
1917
   Here is the description of GDB commands related to command history.
1918
 
1919
`set history filename FNAME'
1920
     Set the name of the GDB command history file to FNAME.  This is
1921
     the file where GDB reads an initial command history list, and
1922
     where it writes the command history from this session when it
1923
     exits.  You can access this list through history expansion or
1924
     through the history command editing characters listed below.  This
1925
     file defaults to the value of the environment variable
1926
     `GDBHISTFILE', or to `./.gdb_history' (`./_gdb_history' on MS-DOS)
1927
     if this variable is not set.
1928
 
1929
`set history save'
1930
`set history save on'
1931
     Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with
1932
     the `set history filename' command.  By default, this option is
1933
     disabled.
1934
 
1935
`set history save off'
1936
     Stop recording command history in a file.
1937
 
1938
`set history size SIZE'
1939
     Set the number of commands which GDB keeps in its history list.
1940
     This defaults to the value of the environment variable `HISTSIZE',
1941
     or to 256 if this variable is not set.
1942
 
1943
   History expansion assigns special meaning to the character `!'.
1944
*Note Event Designators::, for more details.
1945
 
1946
   Since `!' is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion
1947
is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the
1948
`set history expansion on' command, you may sometimes need to follow
1949
`!' (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with a space or
1950
a tab to prevent it from being expanded.  The readline history
1951
facilities do not attempt substitution on the strings `!=' and `!(',
1952
even when history expansion is enabled.
1953
 
1954
   The commands to control history expansion are:
1955
 
1956
`set history expansion on'
1957
`set history expansion'
1958
     Enable history expansion.  History expansion is off by default.
1959
 
1960
`set history expansion off'
1961
     Disable history expansion.
1962
 
1963
`show history'
1964
`show history filename'
1965
`show history save'
1966
`show history size'
1967
`show history expansion'
1968
     These commands display the state of the GDB history parameters.
1969
     `show history' by itself displays all four states.
1970
 
1971
`show commands'
1972
     Display the last ten commands in the command history.
1973
 
1974
`show commands N'
1975
     Print ten commands centered on command number N.
1976
 
1977
`show commands +'
1978
     Print ten commands just after the commands last printed.
1979
 
1980

1981
File: gdb.info,  Node: Screen Size,  Next: Numbers,  Prev: Command History,  Up: Controlling GDB
1982
 
1983
22.4 Screen Size
1984
================
1985
 
1986
Certain commands to GDB may produce large amounts of information output
1987
to the screen.  To help you read all of it, GDB pauses and asks you for
1988
input at the end of each page of output.  Type  when you want to
1989
continue the output, or `q' to discard the remaining output.  Also, the
1990
screen width setting determines when to wrap lines of output.
1991
Depending on what is being printed, GDB tries to break the line at a
1992
readable place, rather than simply letting it overflow onto the
1993
following line.
1994
 
1995
   Normally GDB knows the size of the screen from the terminal driver
1996
software.  For example, on Unix GDB uses the termcap data base together
1997
with the value of the `TERM' environment variable and the `stty rows'
1998
and `stty cols' settings.  If this is not correct, you can override it
1999
with the `set height' and `set width' commands:
2000
 
2001
`set height LPP'
2002
`show height'
2003
`set width CPL'
2004
`show width'
2005
     These `set' commands specify a screen height of LPP lines and a
2006
     screen width of CPL characters.  The associated `show' commands
2007
     display the current settings.
2008
 
2009
     If you specify a height of zero lines, GDB does not pause during
2010
     output no matter how long the output is.  This is useful if output
2011
     is to a file or to an editor buffer.
2012
 
2013
     Likewise, you can specify `set width 0' to prevent GDB from
2014
     wrapping its output.
2015
 
2016
`set pagination on'
2017
`set pagination off'
2018
     Turn the output pagination on or off; the default is on.  Turning
2019
     pagination off is the alternative to `set height 0'.  Note that
2020
     running GDB with the `--batch' option (*note -batch: Mode
2021
     Options.) also automatically disables pagination.
2022
 
2023
`show pagination'
2024
     Show the current pagination mode.
2025
 
2026

2027
File: gdb.info,  Node: Numbers,  Next: ABI,  Prev: Screen Size,  Up: Controlling GDB
2028
 
2029
22.5 Numbers
2030
============
2031
 
2032
You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in GDB
2033
by the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with `0', decimal numbers
2034
end with `.', and hexadecimal numbers begin with `0x'.  Numbers that
2035
neither begin with `0' or `0x', nor end with a `.' are, by default,
2036
entered in base 10; likewise, the default display for numbers--when no
2037
particular format is specified--is base 10.  You can change the default
2038
base for both input and output with the commands described below.
2039
 
2040
`set input-radix BASE'
2041
     Set the default base for numeric input.  Supported choices for
2042
     BASE are decimal 8, 10, or 16.  BASE must itself be specified
2043
     either unambiguously or using the current input radix; for
2044
     example, any of
2045
 
2046
          set input-radix 012
2047
          set input-radix 10.
2048
          set input-radix 0xa
2049
 
2050
     sets the input base to decimal.  On the other hand, `set
2051
     input-radix 10' leaves the input radix unchanged, no matter what
2052
     it was, since `10', being without any leading or trailing signs of
2053
     its base, is interpreted in the current radix.  Thus, if the
2054
     current radix is 16, `10' is interpreted in hex, i.e. as 16
2055
     decimal, which doesn't change the radix.
2056
 
2057
`set output-radix BASE'
2058
     Set the default base for numeric display.  Supported choices for
2059
     BASE are decimal 8, 10, or 16.  BASE must itself be specified
2060
     either unambiguously or using the current input radix.
2061
 
2062
`show input-radix'
2063
     Display the current default base for numeric input.
2064
 
2065
`show output-radix'
2066
     Display the current default base for numeric display.
2067
 
2068
`set radix [BASE]'
2069
`show radix'
2070
     These commands set and show the default base for both input and
2071
     output of numbers.  `set radix' sets the radix of input and output
2072
     to the same base; without an argument, it resets the radix back to
2073
     its default value of 10.
2074
 
2075
 
2076

2077
File: gdb.info,  Node: ABI,  Next: Messages/Warnings,  Prev: Numbers,  Up: Controlling GDB
2078
 
2079
22.6 Configuring the Current ABI
2080
================================
2081
 
2082
GDB can determine the "ABI" (Application Binary Interface) of your
2083
application automatically.  However, sometimes you need to override its
2084
conclusions.  Use these commands to manage GDB's view of the current
2085
ABI.
2086
 
2087
   One GDB configuration can debug binaries for multiple operating
2088
system targets, either via remote debugging or native emulation.  GDB
2089
will autodetect the "OS ABI" (Operating System ABI) in use, but you can
2090
override its conclusion using the `set osabi' command.  One example
2091
where this is useful is in debugging of binaries which use an alternate
2092
C library (e.g. UCLIBC for GNU/Linux) which does not have the same
2093
identifying marks that the standard C library for your platform
2094
provides.
2095
 
2096
`show osabi'
2097
     Show the OS ABI currently in use.
2098
 
2099
`set osabi'
2100
     With no argument, show the list of registered available OS ABI's.
2101
 
2102
`set osabi ABI'
2103
     Set the current OS ABI to ABI.
2104
 
2105
   Generally, the way that an argument of type `float' is passed to a
2106
function depends on whether the function is prototyped.  For a
2107
prototyped (i.e. ANSI/ISO style) function, `float' arguments are passed
2108
unchanged, according to the architecture's convention for `float'.  For
2109
unprototyped (i.e. K&R style) functions, `float' arguments are first
2110
promoted to type `double' and then passed.
2111
 
2112
   Unfortunately, some forms of debug information do not reliably
2113
indicate whether a function is prototyped.  If GDB calls a function
2114
that is not marked as prototyped, it consults `set
2115
coerce-float-to-double'.
2116
 
2117
`set coerce-float-to-double'
2118
`set coerce-float-to-double on'
2119
     Arguments of type `float' will be promoted to `double' when passed
2120
     to an unprototyped function.  This is the default setting.
2121
 
2122
`set coerce-float-to-double off'
2123
     Arguments of type `float' will be passed directly to unprototyped
2124
     functions.
2125
 
2126
`show coerce-float-to-double'
2127
     Show the current setting of promoting `float' to `double'.
2128
 
2129
   GDB needs to know the ABI used for your program's C++ objects.  The
2130
correct C++ ABI depends on which C++ compiler was used to build your
2131
application.  GDB only fully supports programs with a single C++ ABI;
2132
if your program contains code using multiple C++ ABI's or if GDB can
2133
not identify your program's ABI correctly, you can tell GDB which ABI
2134
to use.  Currently supported ABI's include "gnu-v2", for `g++' versions
2135
before 3.0, "gnu-v3", for `g++' versions 3.0 and later, and "hpaCC" for
2136
the HP ANSI C++ compiler.  Other C++ compilers may use the "gnu-v2" or
2137
"gnu-v3" ABI's as well.  The default setting is "auto".
2138
 
2139
`show cp-abi'
2140
     Show the C++ ABI currently in use.
2141
 
2142
`set cp-abi'
2143
     With no argument, show the list of supported C++ ABI's.
2144
 
2145
`set cp-abi ABI'
2146
`set cp-abi auto'
2147
     Set the current C++ ABI to ABI, or return to automatic detection.
2148
 
2149

2150
File: gdb.info,  Node: Messages/Warnings,  Next: Debugging Output,  Prev: ABI,  Up: Controlling GDB
2151
 
2152
22.7 Optional Warnings and Messages
2153
===================================
2154
 
2155
By default, GDB is silent about its inner workings.  If you are running
2156
on a slow machine, you may want to use the `set verbose' command.  This
2157
makes GDB tell you when it does a lengthy internal operation, so you
2158
will not think it has crashed.
2159
 
2160
   Currently, the messages controlled by `set verbose' are those which
2161
announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read; see
2162 342 jeremybenn
`symbol-file' in *note Commands to Specify Files: Files.
2163 330 jeremybenn
 
2164
`set verbose on'
2165
     Enables GDB output of certain informational messages.
2166
 
2167
`set verbose off'
2168
     Disables GDB output of certain informational messages.
2169
 
2170
`show verbose'
2171
     Displays whether `set verbose' is on or off.
2172
 
2173
   By default, if GDB encounters bugs in the symbol table of an object
2174
file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may find
2175
this information useful (*note Errors Reading Symbol Files: Symbol
2176
Errors.).
2177
 
2178
`set complaints LIMIT'
2179
     Permits GDB to output LIMIT complaints about each type of unusual
2180
     symbols before becoming silent about the problem.  Set LIMIT to
2181
     zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number to
2182
     prevent complaints from being suppressed.
2183
 
2184
`show complaints'
2185
     Displays how many symbol complaints GDB is permitted to produce.
2186
 
2187
 
2188
   By default, GDB is cautious, and asks what sometimes seems to be a
2189
lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands.  For example, if
2190
you try to run a program which is already running:
2191
 
2192
     (gdb) run
2193
     The program being debugged has been started already.
2194
     Start it from the beginning? (y or n)
2195
 
2196
   If you are willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own
2197
commands, you can disable this "feature":
2198
 
2199
`set confirm off'
2200
     Disables confirmation requests.  Note that running GDB with the
2201
     `--batch' option (*note -batch: Mode Options.) also automatically
2202
     disables confirmation requests.
2203
 
2204
`set confirm on'
2205
     Enables confirmation requests (the default).
2206
 
2207
`show confirm'
2208
     Displays state of confirmation requests.
2209
 
2210
 
2211
   If you need to debug user-defined commands or sourced files you may
2212
find it useful to enable "command tracing".  In this mode each command
2213
will be printed as it is executed, prefixed with one or more `+'
2214
symbols, the quantity denoting the call depth of each command.
2215
 
2216
`set trace-commands on'
2217
     Enable command tracing.
2218
 
2219
`set trace-commands off'
2220
     Disable command tracing.
2221
 
2222
`show trace-commands'
2223
     Display the current state of command tracing.
2224
 
2225

2226
File: gdb.info,  Node: Debugging Output,  Next: Other Misc Settings,  Prev: Messages/Warnings,  Up: Controlling GDB
2227
 
2228
22.8 Optional Messages about Internal Happenings
2229
================================================
2230
 
2231
GDB has commands that enable optional debugging messages from various
2232
GDB subsystems; normally these commands are of interest to GDB
2233
maintainers, or when reporting a bug.  This section documents those
2234
commands.
2235
 
2236
`set exec-done-display'
2237
     Turns on or off the notification of asynchronous commands'
2238
     completion.  When on, GDB will print a message when an
2239
     asynchronous command finishes its execution.  The default is off.
2240
 
2241
`show exec-done-display'
2242
     Displays the current setting of asynchronous command completion
2243
     notification.
2244
 
2245
`set debug arch'
2246
     Turns on or off display of gdbarch debugging info.  The default is
2247
     off
2248
 
2249
`show debug arch'
2250
     Displays the current state of displaying gdbarch debugging info.
2251
 
2252
`set debug aix-thread'
2253
     Display debugging messages about inner workings of the AIX thread
2254
     module.
2255
 
2256
`show debug aix-thread'
2257
     Show the current state of AIX thread debugging info display.
2258
 
2259
`set debug dwarf2-die'
2260
     Dump DWARF2 DIEs after they are read in.  The value is the number
2261
     of nesting levels to print.  A value of zero turns off the display.
2262
 
2263
`show debug dwarf2-die'
2264
     Show the current state of DWARF2 DIE debugging.
2265
 
2266
`set debug displaced'
2267
     Turns on or off display of GDB debugging info for the displaced
2268
     stepping support.  The default is off.
2269
 
2270
`show debug displaced'
2271
     Displays the current state of displaying GDB debugging info
2272
     related to displaced stepping.
2273
 
2274
`set debug event'
2275
     Turns on or off display of GDB event debugging info.  The default
2276
     is off.
2277
 
2278
`show debug event'
2279
     Displays the current state of displaying GDB event debugging info.
2280
 
2281
`set debug expression'
2282
     Turns on or off display of debugging info about GDB expression
2283
     parsing.  The default is off.
2284
 
2285
`show debug expression'
2286
     Displays the current state of displaying debugging info about GDB
2287
     expression parsing.
2288
 
2289
`set debug frame'
2290
     Turns on or off display of GDB frame debugging info.  The default
2291
     is off.
2292
 
2293
`show debug frame'
2294
     Displays the current state of displaying GDB frame debugging info.
2295
 
2296
`set debug gnu-nat'
2297
     Turns on or off debugging messages from the GNU/Hurd debug support.
2298
 
2299
`show debug gnu-nat'
2300
     Show the current state of GNU/Hurd debugging messages.
2301
 
2302
`set debug infrun'
2303
     Turns on or off display of GDB debugging info for running the
2304
     inferior.  The default is off.  `infrun.c' contains GDB's runtime
2305
     state machine used for implementing operations such as
2306
     single-stepping the inferior.
2307
 
2308
`show debug infrun'
2309
     Displays the current state of GDB inferior debugging.
2310
 
2311
`set debug lin-lwp'
2312
     Turns on or off debugging messages from the Linux LWP debug
2313
     support.
2314
 
2315
`show debug lin-lwp'
2316
     Show the current state of Linux LWP debugging messages.
2317
 
2318
`set debug lin-lwp-async'
2319
     Turns on or off debugging messages from the Linux LWP async debug
2320
     support.
2321
 
2322
`show debug lin-lwp-async'
2323
     Show the current state of Linux LWP async debugging messages.
2324
 
2325
`set debug observer'
2326
     Turns on or off display of GDB observer debugging.  This includes
2327
     info such as the notification of observable events.
2328
 
2329
`show debug observer'
2330
     Displays the current state of observer debugging.
2331
 
2332
`set debug overload'
2333
     Turns on or off display of GDB C++ overload debugging info. This
2334
     includes info such as ranking of functions, etc.  The default is
2335
     off.
2336
 
2337
`show debug overload'
2338
     Displays the current state of displaying GDB C++ overload
2339
     debugging info.
2340
 
2341
`set debug parser'
2342
     Turns on or off the display of expression parser debugging output.
2343
     Internally, this sets the `yydebug' variable in the expression
2344
     parser.  *Note Tracing Your Parser: (bison)Tracing, for details.
2345
     The default is off.
2346
 
2347
`show debug parser'
2348
     Show the current state of expression parser debugging.
2349
 
2350
`set debug remote'
2351
     Turns on or off display of reports on all packets sent back and
2352
     forth across the serial line to the remote machine.  The info is
2353
     printed on the GDB standard output stream. The default is off.
2354
 
2355
`show debug remote'
2356
     Displays the state of display of remote packets.
2357
 
2358
`set debug serial'
2359
     Turns on or off display of GDB serial debugging info. The default
2360
     is off.
2361
 
2362
`show debug serial'
2363
     Displays the current state of displaying GDB serial debugging info.
2364
 
2365
`set debug solib-frv'
2366
     Turns on or off debugging messages for FR-V shared-library code.
2367
 
2368
`show debug solib-frv'
2369
     Display the current state of FR-V shared-library code debugging
2370
     messages.
2371
 
2372
`set debug target'
2373
     Turns on or off display of GDB target debugging info. This info
2374
     includes what is going on at the target level of GDB, as it
2375
     happens. The default is 0.  Set it to 1 to track events, and to 2
2376
     to also track the value of large memory transfers.  Changes to
2377
     this flag do not take effect until the next time you connect to a
2378
     target or use the `run' command.
2379
 
2380
`show debug target'
2381
     Displays the current state of displaying GDB target debugging info.
2382
 
2383
`set debug timestamp'
2384
     Turns on or off display of timestamps with GDB debugging info.
2385
     When enabled, seconds and microseconds are displayed before each
2386
     debugging message.
2387
 
2388
`show debug timestamp'
2389
     Displays the current state of displaying timestamps with GDB
2390
     debugging info.
2391
 
2392
`set debugvarobj'
2393
     Turns on or off display of GDB variable object debugging info. The
2394
     default is off.
2395
 
2396
`show debugvarobj'
2397
     Displays the current state of displaying GDB variable object
2398
     debugging info.
2399
 
2400
`set debug xml'
2401
     Turns on or off debugging messages for built-in XML parsers.
2402
 
2403
`show debug xml'
2404
     Displays the current state of XML debugging messages.
2405
 
2406

2407
File: gdb.info,  Node: Other Misc Settings,  Prev: Debugging Output,  Up: Controlling GDB
2408
 
2409
22.9 Other Miscellaneous Settings
2410
=================================
2411
 
2412
`set interactive-mode'
2413
     If `on', forces GDB to operate interactively.  If `off', forces
2414
     GDB to operate non-interactively, If `auto' (the default), GDB
2415
     guesses which mode to use, based on whether the debugger was
2416
     started in a terminal or not.
2417
 
2418
     In the vast majority of cases, the debugger should be able to guess
2419
     correctly which mode should be used.  But this setting can be
2420
     useful in certain specific cases, such as running a MinGW GDB
2421
     inside a cygwin window.
2422
 
2423
`show interactive-mode'
2424
     Displays whether the debugger is operating in interactive mode or
2425
     not.
2426
 
2427

2428
File: gdb.info,  Node: Extending GDB,  Next: Interpreters,  Prev: Controlling GDB,  Up: Top
2429
 
2430
23 Extending GDB
2431
****************
2432
 
2433
GDB provides two mechanisms for extension.  The first is based on
2434
composition of GDB commands, and the second is based on the Python
2435
scripting language.
2436
 
2437
   To facilitate the use of these extensions, GDB is capable of
2438
evaluating the contents of a file.  When doing so, GDB can recognize
2439
which scripting language is being used by looking at the filename
2440
extension.  Files with an unrecognized filename extension are always
2441
treated as a GDB Command Files.  *Note Command files: Command Files.
2442
 
2443
   You can control how GDB evaluates these files with the following
2444
setting:
2445
 
2446
`set script-extension off'
2447
     All scripts are always evaluated as GDB Command Files.
2448
 
2449
`set script-extension soft'
2450
     The debugger determines the scripting language based on filename
2451
     extension.  If this scripting language is supported, GDB evaluates
2452
     the script using that language.  Otherwise, it evaluates the file
2453
     as a GDB Command File.
2454
 
2455
`set script-extension strict'
2456
     The debugger determines the scripting language based on filename
2457
     extension, and evaluates the script using that language.  If the
2458
     language is not supported, then the evaluation fails.
2459
 
2460
`show script-extension'
2461
     Display the current value of the `script-extension' option.
2462
 
2463
 
2464
* Menu:
2465
 
2466
* Sequences::          Canned Sequences of Commands
2467
* Python::             Scripting GDB using Python
2468
 
2469

2470
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sequences,  Next: Python,  Up: Extending GDB
2471
 
2472
23.1 Canned Sequences of Commands
2473
=================================
2474
 
2475
Aside from breakpoint commands (*note Breakpoint Command Lists: Break
2476
Commands.), GDB provides two ways to store sequences of commands for
2477
execution as a unit: user-defined commands and command files.
2478
 
2479
* Menu:
2480
 
2481
* Define::             How to define your own commands
2482
* Hooks::              Hooks for user-defined commands
2483
* Command Files::      How to write scripts of commands to be stored in a file
2484
* Output::             Commands for controlled output
2485
 
2486

2487
File: gdb.info,  Node: Define,  Next: Hooks,  Up: Sequences
2488
 
2489
23.1.1 User-defined Commands
2490
----------------------------
2491
 
2492
A "user-defined command" is a sequence of GDB commands to which you
2493
assign a new name as a command.  This is done with the `define'
2494
command.  User commands may accept up to 10 arguments separated by
2495
whitespace.  Arguments are accessed within the user command via
2496
`$arg0...$arg9'.  A trivial example:
2497
 
2498
     define adder
2499
       print $arg0 + $arg1 + $arg2
2500
     end
2501
 
2502
To execute the command use:
2503
 
2504
     adder 1 2 3
2505
 
2506
This defines the command `adder', which prints the sum of its three
2507
arguments.  Note the arguments are text substitutions, so they may
2508
reference variables, use complex expressions, or even perform inferior
2509
functions calls.
2510
 
2511
   In addition, `$argc' may be used to find out how many arguments have
2512
been passed.  This expands to a number in the range 0...10.
2513
 
2514
     define adder
2515
       if $argc == 2
2516
         print $arg0 + $arg1
2517
       end
2518
       if $argc == 3
2519
         print $arg0 + $arg1 + $arg2
2520
       end
2521
     end
2522
 
2523
`define COMMANDNAME'
2524
     Define a command named COMMANDNAME.  If there is already a command
2525
     by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine
2526
     it.  COMMANDNAME may be a bare command name consisting of letters,
2527
     numbers, dashes, and underscores.  It may also start with any
2528
     predefined prefix command.  For example, `define target my-target'
2529
     creates a user-defined `target my-target' command.
2530
 
2531
     The definition of the command is made up of other GDB command
2532
     lines, which are given following the `define' command.  The end of
2533
     these commands is marked by a line containing `end'.
2534
 
2535
`document COMMANDNAME'
2536
     Document the user-defined command COMMANDNAME, so that it can be
2537
     accessed by `help'.  The command COMMANDNAME must already be
2538
     defined.  This command reads lines of documentation just as
2539
     `define' reads the lines of the command definition, ending with
2540
     `end'.  After the `document' command is finished, `help' on command
2541
     COMMANDNAME displays the documentation you have written.
2542
 
2543
     You may use the `document' command again to change the
2544
     documentation of a command.  Redefining the command with `define'
2545
     does not change the documentation.
2546
 
2547
`dont-repeat'
2548
     Used inside a user-defined command, this tells GDB that this
2549
     command should not be repeated when the user hits  (*note
2550
     repeat last command: Command Syntax.).
2551
 
2552
`help user-defined'
2553
     List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the
2554
     documentation (if any) for each.
2555
 
2556
`show user'
2557
`show user COMMANDNAME'
2558
     Display the GDB commands used to define COMMANDNAME (but not its
2559
     documentation).  If no COMMANDNAME is given, display the
2560
     definitions for all user-defined commands.
2561
 
2562
`show max-user-call-depth'
2563
`set max-user-call-depth'
2564
     The value of `max-user-call-depth' controls how many recursion
2565
     levels are allowed in user-defined commands before GDB suspects an
2566
     infinite recursion and aborts the command.
2567
 
2568
   In addition to the above commands, user-defined commands frequently
2569 342 jeremybenn
use control flow commands, described in *note Command Files::.
2570 330 jeremybenn
 
2571
   When user-defined commands are executed, the commands of the
2572
definition are not printed.  An error in any command stops execution of
2573
the user-defined command.
2574
 
2575
   If used interactively, commands that would ask for confirmation
2576
proceed without asking when used inside a user-defined command.  Many
2577
GDB commands that normally print messages to say what they are doing
2578
omit the messages when used in a user-defined command.
2579
 
2580

2581
File: gdb.info,  Node: Hooks,  Next: Command Files,  Prev: Define,  Up: Sequences
2582
 
2583
23.1.2 User-defined Command Hooks
2584
---------------------------------
2585
 
2586
You may define "hooks", which are a special kind of user-defined
2587
command.  Whenever you run the command `foo', if the user-defined
2588
command `hook-foo' exists, it is executed (with no arguments) before
2589
that command.
2590
 
2591
   A hook may also be defined which is run after the command you
2592
executed.  Whenever you run the command `foo', if the user-defined
2593
command `hookpost-foo' exists, it is executed (with no arguments) after
2594
that command.  Post-execution hooks may exist simultaneously with
2595
pre-execution hooks, for the same command.
2596
 
2597
   It is valid for a hook to call the command which it hooks.  If this
2598
occurs, the hook is not re-executed, thereby avoiding infinite
2599
recursion.
2600
 
2601
   In addition, a pseudo-command, `stop' exists.  Defining
2602
(`hook-stop') makes the associated commands execute every time
2603
execution stops in your program: before breakpoint commands are run,
2604
displays are printed, or the stack frame is printed.
2605
 
2606
   For example, to ignore `SIGALRM' signals while single-stepping, but
2607
treat them normally during normal execution, you could define:
2608
 
2609
     define hook-stop
2610
     handle SIGALRM nopass
2611
     end
2612
 
2613
     define hook-run
2614
     handle SIGALRM pass
2615
     end
2616
 
2617
     define hook-continue
2618
     handle SIGALRM pass
2619
     end
2620
 
2621
   As a further example, to hook at the beginning and end of the `echo'
2622
command, and to add extra text to the beginning and end of the message,
2623
you could define:
2624
 
2625
     define hook-echo
2626
     echo <<<---
2627
     end
2628
 
2629
     define hookpost-echo
2630
     echo --->>>\n
2631
     end
2632
 
2633
     (gdb) echo Hello World
2634
     <<<---Hello World--->>>
2635
     (gdb)
2636
 
2637
   You can define a hook for any single-word command in GDB, but not
2638
for command aliases; you should define a hook for the basic command
2639
name, e.g.  `backtrace' rather than `bt'.  You can hook a multi-word
2640
command by adding `hook-' or `hookpost-' to the last word of the
2641
command, e.g.  `define target hook-remote' to add a hook to `target
2642
remote'.
2643
 
2644
   If an error occurs during the execution of your hook, execution of
2645
GDB commands stops and GDB issues a prompt (before the command that you
2646
actually typed had a chance to run).
2647
 
2648
   If you try to define a hook which does not match any known command,
2649
you get a warning from the `define' command.
2650
 
2651

2652
File: gdb.info,  Node: Command Files,  Next: Output,  Prev: Hooks,  Up: Sequences
2653
 
2654
23.1.3 Command Files
2655
--------------------
2656
 
2657
A command file for GDB is a text file made of lines that are GDB
2658
commands.  Comments (lines starting with `#') may also be included.  An
2659
empty line in a command file does nothing; it does not mean to repeat
2660
the last command, as it would from the terminal.
2661
 
2662
   You can request the execution of a command file with the `source'
2663
command.  Note that the `source' command is also used to evaluate
2664
scripts that are not Command Files.  The exact behavior can be
2665
configured using the `script-extension' setting.  *Note Extending GDB:
2666
Extending GDB.
2667
 
2668
`source [-s] [-v] FILENAME'
2669
     Execute the command file FILENAME.
2670
 
2671
   The lines in a command file are generally executed sequentially,
2672
unless the order of execution is changed by one of the _flow-control
2673
commands_ described below.  The commands are not printed as they are
2674
executed.  An error in any command terminates execution of the command
2675
file and control is returned to the console.
2676
 
2677
   GDB first searches for FILENAME in the current directory.  If the
2678
file is not found there, and FILENAME does not specify a directory,
2679
then GDB also looks for the file on the source search path (specified
2680
with the `directory' command); except that `$cdir' is not searched
2681
because the compilation directory is not relevant to scripts.
2682
 
2683
   If `-s' is specified, then GDB searches for FILENAME on the search
2684
path even if FILENAME specifies a directory.  The search is done by
2685
appending FILENAME to each element of the search path.  So, for
2686
example, if FILENAME is `mylib/myscript' and the search path contains
2687
`/home/user' then GDB will look for the script
2688
`/home/user/mylib/myscript'.  The search is also done if FILENAME is an
2689
absolute path.  For example, if FILENAME is `/tmp/myscript' and the
2690
search path contains `/home/user' then GDB will look for the script
2691
`/home/user/tmp/myscript'.  For DOS-like systems, if FILENAME contains
2692
a drive specification, it is stripped before concatenation.  For
2693
example, if FILENAME is `d:myscript' and the search path contains
2694
`c:/tmp' then GDB will look for the script `c:/tmp/myscript'.
2695
 
2696
   If `-v', for verbose mode, is given then GDB displays each command
2697
as it is executed.  The option must be given before FILENAME, and is
2698
interpreted as part of the filename anywhere else.
2699
 
2700
   Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively
2701
proceed without asking when used in a command file.  Many GDB commands
2702
that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the
2703
messages when called from command files.
2704
 
2705
   GDB also accepts command input from standard input.  In this mode,
2706
normal output goes to standard output and error output goes to standard
2707
error.  Errors in a command file supplied on standard input do not
2708
terminate execution of the command file--execution continues with the
2709
next command.
2710
 
2711
     gdb < cmds > log 2>&1
2712
 
2713
   (The syntax above will vary depending on the shell used.) This
2714
example will execute commands from the file `cmds'. All output and
2715
errors would be directed to `log'.
2716
 
2717
   Since commands stored on command files tend to be more general than
2718
commands typed interactively, they frequently need to deal with
2719
complicated situations, such as different or unexpected values of
2720
variables and symbols, changes in how the program being debugged is
2721
built, etc.  GDB provides a set of flow-control commands to deal with
2722
these complexities.  Using these commands, you can write complex
2723
scripts that loop over data structures, execute commands conditionally,
2724
etc.
2725
 
2726
`if'
2727
`else'
2728
     This command allows to include in your script conditionally
2729
     executed commands. The `if' command takes a single argument, which
2730
     is an expression to evaluate.  It is followed by a series of
2731
     commands that are executed only if the expression is true (its
2732
     value is nonzero).  There can then optionally be an `else' line,
2733
     followed by a series of commands that are only executed if the
2734
     expression was false.  The end of the list is marked by a line
2735
     containing `end'.
2736
 
2737
`while'
2738
     This command allows to write loops.  Its syntax is similar to
2739
     `if': the command takes a single argument, which is an expression
2740
     to evaluate, and must be followed by the commands to execute, one
2741
     per line, terminated by an `end'.  These commands are called the
2742
     "body" of the loop.  The commands in the body of `while' are
2743
     executed repeatedly as long as the expression evaluates to true.
2744
 
2745
`loop_break'
2746
     This command exits the `while' loop in whose body it is included.
2747
     Execution of the script continues after that `while's `end' line.
2748
 
2749
`loop_continue'
2750
     This command skips the execution of the rest of the body of
2751
     commands in the `while' loop in whose body it is included.
2752
     Execution branches to the beginning of the `while' loop, where it
2753
     evaluates the controlling expression.
2754
 
2755
`end'
2756
     Terminate the block of commands that are the body of `if', `else',
2757
     or `while' flow-control commands.
2758
 
2759

2760
File: gdb.info,  Node: Output,  Prev: Command Files,  Up: Sequences
2761
 
2762
23.1.4 Commands for Controlled Output
2763
-------------------------------------
2764
 
2765
During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal
2766
GDB output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is
2767
explicitly printed by the commands in the definition.  This section
2768
describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you
2769
want.
2770
 
2771
`echo TEXT'
2772
     Print TEXT.  Nonprinting characters can be included in TEXT using
2773
     C escape sequences, such as `\n' to print a newline.  *No newline
2774
     is printed unless you specify one.* In addition to the standard C
2775
     escape sequences, a backslash followed by a space stands for a
2776
     space.  This is useful for displaying a string with spaces at the
2777
     beginning or the end, since leading and trailing spaces are
2778
     otherwise trimmed from all arguments.  To print ` and foo = ', use
2779
     the command `echo \ and foo = \ '.
2780
 
2781
     A backslash at the end of TEXT can be used, as in C, to continue
2782
     the command onto subsequent lines.  For example,
2783
 
2784
          echo This is some text\n\
2785
          which is continued\n\
2786
          onto several lines.\n
2787
 
2788
     produces the same output as
2789
 
2790
          echo This is some text\n
2791
          echo which is continued\n
2792
          echo onto several lines.\n
2793
 
2794
`output EXPRESSION'
2795
     Print the value of EXPRESSION and nothing but that value: no
2796
     newlines, no `$NN = '.  The value is not entered in the value
2797
     history either.  *Note Expressions: Expressions, for more
2798
     information on expressions.
2799
 
2800
`output/FMT EXPRESSION'
2801
     Print the value of EXPRESSION in format FMT.  You can use the same
2802
     formats as for `print'.  *Note Output Formats: Output Formats, for
2803
     more information.
2804
 
2805
`printf TEMPLATE, EXPRESSIONS...'
2806
     Print the values of one or more EXPRESSIONS under the control of
2807
     the string TEMPLATE.  To print several values, make EXPRESSIONS be
2808
     a comma-separated list of individual expressions, which may be
2809
     either numbers or pointers.  Their values are printed as specified
2810
     by TEMPLATE, exactly as a C program would do by executing the code
2811
     below:
2812
 
2813
          printf (TEMPLATE, EXPRESSIONS...);
2814
 
2815
     As in `C' `printf', ordinary characters in TEMPLATE are printed
2816
     verbatim, while "conversion specification" introduced by the `%'
2817
     character cause subsequent EXPRESSIONS to be evaluated, their
2818
     values converted and formatted according to type and style
2819
     information encoded in the conversion specifications, and then
2820
     printed.
2821
 
2822
     For example, you can print two values in hex like this:
2823
 
2824
          printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo
2825
 
2826
     `printf' supports all the standard `C' conversion specifications,
2827
     including the flags and modifiers between the `%' character and
2828
     the conversion letter, with the following exceptions:
2829
 
2830
        * The argument-ordering modifiers, such as `2$', are not
2831
          supported.
2832
 
2833
        * The modifier `*' is not supported for specifying precision or
2834
          width.
2835
 
2836
        * The `'' flag (for separation of digits into groups according
2837
          to `LC_NUMERIC'') is not supported.
2838
 
2839
        * The type modifiers `hh', `j', `t', and `z' are not supported.
2840
 
2841
        * The conversion letter `n' (as in `%n') is not supported.
2842
 
2843
        * The conversion letters `a' and `A' are not supported.
2844
 
2845
     Note that the `ll' type modifier is supported only if the
2846
     underlying `C' implementation used to build GDB supports the `long
2847
     long int' type, and the `L' type modifier is supported only if
2848
     `long double' type is available.
2849
 
2850
     As in `C', `printf' supports simple backslash-escape sequences,
2851
     such as `\n', `\t', `\\', `\"', `\a', and `\f', that consist of
2852
     backslash followed by a single character.  Octal and hexadecimal
2853
     escape sequences are not supported.
2854
 
2855
     Additionally, `printf' supports conversion specifications for DFP
2856
     ("Decimal Floating Point") types using the following length
2857
     modifiers together with a floating point specifier.  letters:
2858
 
2859
        * `H' for printing `Decimal32' types.
2860
 
2861
        * `D' for printing `Decimal64' types.
2862
 
2863
        * `DD' for printing `Decimal128' types.
2864
 
2865
     If the underlying `C' implementation used to build GDB has support
2866
     for the three length modifiers for DFP types, other modifiers such
2867
     as width and precision will also be available for GDB to use.
2868
 
2869
     In case there is no such `C' support, no additional modifiers will
2870
     be available and the value will be printed in the standard way.
2871
 
2872
     Here's an example of printing DFP types using the above conversion
2873
     letters:
2874
          printf "D32: %Hf - D64: %Df - D128: %DDf\n",1.2345df,1.2E10dd,1.2E1dl
2875
 
2876
`eval TEMPLATE, EXPRESSIONS...'
2877
     Convert the values of one or more EXPRESSIONS under the control of
2878
     the string TEMPLATE to a command line, and call it.
2879
 
2880
 
2881

2882
File: gdb.info,  Node: Python,  Prev: Sequences,  Up: Extending GDB
2883
 
2884
23.2 Scripting GDB using Python
2885
===============================
2886
 
2887
You can script GDB using the Python programming language
2888
(http://www.python.org/).  This feature is available only if GDB was
2889
configured using `--with-python'.
2890
 
2891
   Python scripts used by GDB should be installed in
2892
`DATA-DIRECTORY/python', where DATA-DIRECTORY is the data directory as
2893
determined at GDB startup (*note Data Files::).  This directory, known
2894
as the "python directory", is automatically added to the Python Search
2895
Path in order to allow the Python interpreter to locate all scripts
2896
installed at this location.
2897
 
2898
* Menu:
2899
 
2900
* Python Commands::             Accessing Python from GDB.
2901
* Python API::                  Accessing GDB from Python.
2902
* Auto-loading::                Automatically loading Python code.
2903
 
2904

2905
File: gdb.info,  Node: Python Commands,  Next: Python API,  Up: Python
2906
 
2907
23.2.1 Python Commands
2908
----------------------
2909
 
2910
GDB provides one command for accessing the Python interpreter, and one
2911
related setting:
2912
 
2913
`python [CODE]'
2914
     The `python' command can be used to evaluate Python code.
2915
 
2916
     If given an argument, the `python' command will evaluate the
2917
     argument as a Python command.  For example:
2918
 
2919
          (gdb) python print 23
2920
          23
2921
 
2922
     If you do not provide an argument to `python', it will act as a
2923
     multi-line command, like `define'.  In this case, the Python
2924
     script is made up of subsequent command lines, given after the
2925
     `python' command.  This command list is terminated using a line
2926
     containing `end'.  For example:
2927
 
2928
          (gdb) python
2929
          Type python script
2930
          End with a line saying just "end".
2931
          >print 23
2932
          >end
2933
          23
2934
 
2935
`maint set python print-stack'
2936
     By default, GDB will print a stack trace when an error occurs in a
2937
     Python script.  This can be controlled using `maint set python
2938
     print-stack': if `on', the default, then Python stack printing is
2939
     enabled; if `off', then Python stack printing is disabled.
2940
 
2941
   It is also possible to execute a Python script from the GDB
2942
interpreter:
2943
 
2944
`source `script-name''
2945
     The script name must end with `.py' and GDB must be configured to
2946
     recognize the script language based on filename extension using
2947
     the `script-extension' setting.  *Note Extending GDB: Extending
2948
     GDB.
2949
 
2950
`python execfile ("script-name")'
2951
     This method is based on the `execfile' Python built-in function,
2952
     and thus is always available.
2953
 
2954

2955
File: gdb.info,  Node: Python API,  Next: Auto-loading,  Prev: Python Commands,  Up: Python
2956
 
2957
23.2.2 Python API
2958
-----------------
2959
 
2960
At startup, GDB overrides Python's `sys.stdout' and `sys.stderr' to
2961
print using GDB's output-paging streams.  A Python program which
2962
outputs to one of these streams may have its output interrupted by the
2963
user (*note Screen Size::).  In this situation, a Python
2964
`KeyboardInterrupt' exception is thrown.
2965
 
2966
* Menu:
2967
 
2968
* Basic Python::                Basic Python Functions.
2969
* Exception Handling::
2970
* Values From Inferior::
2971
* Types In Python::             Python representation of types.
2972
* Pretty Printing API::         Pretty-printing values.
2973
* Selecting Pretty-Printers::   How GDB chooses a pretty-printer.
2974
* Disabling Pretty-Printers::   Disabling broken printers.
2975
* Inferiors In Python::         Python representation of inferiors (processes)
2976
* Threads In Python::           Accessing inferior threads from Python.
2977
* Commands In Python::          Implementing new commands in Python.
2978
* Parameters In Python::        Adding new GDB parameters.
2979
* Functions In Python::         Writing new convenience functions.
2980
* Progspaces In Python::        Program spaces.
2981
* Objfiles In Python::          Object files.
2982
* Frames In Python::            Accessing inferior stack frames from Python.
2983
* Blocks In Python::            Accessing frame blocks from Python.
2984
* Symbols In Python::           Python representation of symbols.
2985
* Symbol Tables In Python::     Python representation of symbol tables.
2986
* Lazy Strings In Python::      Python representation of lazy strings.
2987
* Breakpoints In Python::       Manipulating breakpoints using Python.
2988
 
2989

2990
File: gdb.info,  Node: Basic Python,  Next: Exception Handling,  Up: Python API
2991
 
2992
23.2.2.1 Basic Python
2993
.....................
2994
 
2995
GDB introduces a new Python module, named `gdb'.  All methods and
2996
classes added by GDB are placed in this module.  GDB automatically
2997
`import's the `gdb' module for use in all scripts evaluated by the
2998
`python' command.
2999
 
3000
 -- Variable: PYTHONDIR
3001
     A string containing the python directory (*note Python::).
3002
 
3003
 -- Function: execute command [from_tty] [to_string]
3004
     Evaluate COMMAND, a string, as a GDB CLI command.  If a GDB
3005
     exception happens while COMMAND runs, it is translated as
3006 342 jeremybenn
     described in *note Exception Handling: Exception Handling.
3007 330 jeremybenn
 
3008
     FROM_TTY specifies whether GDB ought to consider this command as
3009
     having originated from the user invoking it interactively.  It
3010
     must be a boolean value.  If omitted, it defaults to `False'.
3011
 
3012
     By default, any output produced by COMMAND is sent to GDB's
3013
     standard output.  If the TO_STRING parameter is `True', then
3014
     output will be collected by `gdb.execute' and returned as a
3015
     string.  The default is `False', in which case the return value is
3016
     `None'.  If TO_STRING is `True', the GDB virtual terminal will be
3017
     temporarily set to unlimited width and height, and its pagination
3018
     will be disabled; *note Screen Size::.
3019
 
3020
 -- Function: breakpoints
3021
     Return a sequence holding all of GDB's breakpoints.  *Note
3022
     Breakpoints In Python::, for more information.
3023
 
3024
 -- Function: parameter parameter
3025
     Return the value of a GDB parameter.  PARAMETER is a string naming
3026
     the parameter to look up; PARAMETER may contain spaces if the
3027
     parameter has a multi-part name.  For example, `print object' is a
3028
     valid parameter name.
3029
 
3030
     If the named parameter does not exist, this function throws a
3031
     `RuntimeError'.  Otherwise, the parameter's value is converted to
3032
     a Python value of the appropriate type, and returned.
3033
 
3034
 -- Function: history number
3035
     Return a value from GDB's value history (*note Value History::).
3036
     NUMBER indicates which history element to return.  If NUMBER is
3037
     negative, then GDB will take its absolute value and count backward
3038
     from the last element (i.e., the most recent element) to find the
3039
     value to return.  If NUMBER is zero, then GDB will return the most
3040
     recent element.  If the element specified by NUMBER doesn't exist
3041
     in the value history, a `RuntimeError' exception will be raised.
3042
 
3043
     If no exception is raised, the return value is always an instance
3044
     of `gdb.Value' (*note Values From Inferior::).
3045
 
3046
 -- Function: parse_and_eval expression
3047
     Parse EXPRESSION as an expression in the current language,
3048
     evaluate it, and return the result as a `gdb.Value'.  EXPRESSION
3049
     must be a string.
3050
 
3051
     This function can be useful when implementing a new command (*note
3052
     Commands In Python::), as it provides a way to parse the command's
3053
     argument as an expression.  It is also useful simply to compute
3054
     values, for example, it is the only way to get the value of a
3055
     convenience variable (*note Convenience Vars::) as a `gdb.Value'.
3056
 
3057
 -- Function: write string
3058
     Print a string to GDB's paginated standard output stream.  Writing
3059
     to `sys.stdout' or `sys.stderr' will automatically call this
3060
     function.
3061
 
3062
 -- Function: flush
3063
     Flush GDB's paginated standard output stream.  Flushing
3064
     `sys.stdout' or `sys.stderr' will automatically call this function.
3065
 
3066
 -- Function: target_charset
3067
     Return the name of the current target character set (*note
3068
     Character Sets::).  This differs from
3069
     `gdb.parameter('target-charset')' in that `auto' is never returned.
3070
 
3071
 -- Function: target_wide_charset
3072
     Return the name of the current target wide character set (*note
3073
     Character Sets::).  This differs from
3074
     `gdb.parameter('target-wide-charset')' in that `auto' is never
3075
     returned.
3076
 
3077

3078
File: gdb.info,  Node: Exception Handling,  Next: Values From Inferior,  Prev: Basic Python,  Up: Python API
3079
 
3080
23.2.2.2 Exception Handling
3081
...........................
3082
 
3083
When executing the `python' command, Python exceptions uncaught within
3084
the Python code are translated to calls to GDB error-reporting
3085
mechanism.  If the command that called `python' does not handle the
3086
error, GDB will terminate it and print an error message containing the
3087
Python exception name, the associated value, and the Python call stack
3088
backtrace at the point where the exception was raised.  Example:
3089
 
3090
     (gdb) python print foo
3091
     Traceback (most recent call last):
3092
       File "", line 1, in 
3093
     NameError: name 'foo' is not defined
3094
 
3095
   GDB errors that happen in GDB commands invoked by Python code are
3096
converted to Python `RuntimeError' exceptions.  User interrupt (via
3097
`C-c' or by typing `q' at a pagination prompt) is translated to a
3098
Python `KeyboardInterrupt' exception.  If you catch these exceptions in
3099
your Python code, your exception handler will see `RuntimeError' or
3100
`KeyboardInterrupt' as the exception type, the GDB error message as its
3101
value, and the Python call stack backtrace at the Python statement
3102
closest to where the GDB error occured as the traceback.
3103
 
3104
   When implementing GDB commands in Python via `gdb.Command', it is
3105
useful to be able to throw an exception that doesn't cause a traceback
3106
to be printed.  For example, the user may have invoked the command
3107
incorrectly.  Use the `gdb.GdbError' exception to handle this case.
3108
Example:
3109
 
3110
     (gdb) python
3111
     >class HelloWorld (gdb.Command):
3112
     >  """Greet the whole world."""
3113
     >  def __init__ (self):
3114
     >    super (HelloWorld, self).__init__ ("hello-world", gdb.COMMAND_OBSCURE)
3115
     >  def invoke (self, args, from_tty):
3116
     >    argv = gdb.string_to_argv (args)
3117
     >    if len (argv) != 0:
3118
     >      raise gdb.GdbError ("hello-world takes no arguments")
3119
     >    print "Hello, World!"
3120
     >HelloWorld ()
3121
     >end
3122
     (gdb) hello-world 42
3123
     hello-world takes no arguments
3124
 
3125

3126
File: gdb.info,  Node: Values From Inferior,  Next: Types In Python,  Prev: Exception Handling,  Up: Python API
3127
 
3128
23.2.2.3 Values From Inferior
3129
.............................
3130
 
3131
GDB provides values it obtains from the inferior program in an object
3132
of type `gdb.Value'.  GDB uses this object for its internal bookkeeping
3133
of the inferior's values, and for fetching values when necessary.
3134
 
3135
   Inferior values that are simple scalars can be used directly in
3136
Python expressions that are valid for the value's data type.  Here's an
3137
example for an integer or floating-point value `some_val':
3138
 
3139
     bar = some_val + 2
3140
 
3141
As result of this, `bar' will also be a `gdb.Value' object whose values
3142
are of the same type as those of `some_val'.
3143
 
3144
   Inferior values that are structures or instances of some class can
3145
be accessed using the Python "dictionary syntax".  For example, if
3146
`some_val' is a `gdb.Value' instance holding a structure, you can
3147
access its `foo' element with:
3148
 
3149
     bar = some_val['foo']
3150
 
3151
   Again, `bar' will also be a `gdb.Value' object.
3152
 
3153
   The following attributes are provided:
3154
 
3155
      -- Instance Variable of Value: address
3156
          If this object is addressable, this read-only attribute holds
3157
          a `gdb.Value' object representing the address.  Otherwise,
3158
          this attribute holds `None'.
3159
 
3160
      -- Instance Variable of Value: is_optimized_out
3161
          This read-only boolean attribute is true if the compiler
3162
          optimized out this value, thus it is not available for
3163
          fetching from the inferior.
3164
 
3165
      -- Instance Variable of Value: type
3166
          The type of this `gdb.Value'.  The value of this attribute is
3167
          a `gdb.Type' object.
3168
 
3169
   The following methods are provided:
3170
 
3171
      -- Method on Value: cast type
3172
          Return a new instance of `gdb.Value' that is the result of
3173
          casting this instance to the type described by TYPE, which
3174
          must be a `gdb.Type' object.  If the cast cannot be performed
3175
          for some reason, this method throws an exception.
3176
 
3177
      -- Method on Value: dereference
3178
          For pointer data types, this method returns a new `gdb.Value'
3179
          object whose contents is the object pointed to by the
3180
          pointer.  For example, if `foo' is a C pointer to an `int',
3181
          declared in your C program as
3182
 
3183
               int *foo;
3184
 
3185
          then you can use the corresponding `gdb.Value' to access what
3186
          `foo' points to like this:
3187
 
3188
               bar = foo.dereference ()
3189
 
3190
          The result `bar' will be a `gdb.Value' object holding the
3191
          value pointed to by `foo'.
3192
 
3193
      -- Method on Value: string [encoding] [errors] [length]
3194
          If this `gdb.Value' represents a string, then this method
3195
          converts the contents to a Python string.  Otherwise, this
3196
          method will throw an exception.
3197
 
3198
          Strings are recognized in a language-specific way; whether a
3199
          given `gdb.Value' represents a string is determined by the
3200
          current language.
3201
 
3202
          For C-like languages, a value is a string if it is a pointer
3203
          to or an array of characters or ints.  The string is assumed
3204
          to be terminated by a zero of the appropriate width.  However
3205
          if the optional length argument is given, the string will be
3206
          converted to that given length, ignoring any embedded zeros
3207
          that the string may contain.
3208
 
3209
          If the optional ENCODING argument is given, it must be a
3210
          string naming the encoding of the string in the `gdb.Value',
3211
          such as `"ascii"', `"iso-8859-6"' or `"utf-8"'.  It accepts
3212
          the same encodings as the corresponding argument to Python's
3213
          `string.decode' method, and the Python codec machinery will
3214
          be used to convert the string.  If ENCODING is not given, or
3215
          if ENCODING is the empty string, then either the
3216
          `target-charset' (*note Character Sets::) will be used, or a
3217
          language-specific encoding will be used, if the current
3218
          language is able to supply one.
3219
 
3220
          The optional ERRORS argument is the same as the corresponding
3221
          argument to Python's `string.decode' method.
3222
 
3223
          If the optional LENGTH argument is given, the string will be
3224
          fetched and converted to the given length.
3225
 
3226
      -- Method on Value: lazy_string [encoding] [length]
3227
          If this `gdb.Value' represents a string, then this method
3228
          converts the contents to a `gdb.LazyString' (*note Lazy
3229
          Strings In Python::).  Otherwise, this method will throw an
3230
          exception.
3231
 
3232
          If the optional ENCODING argument is given, it must be a
3233
          string naming the encoding of the `gdb.LazyString'.  Some
3234
          examples are: `ascii', `iso-8859-6' or `utf-8'.  If the
3235
          ENCODING argument is an encoding that GDB does recognize, GDB
3236
          will raise an error.
3237
 
3238
          When a lazy string is printed, the GDB encoding machinery is
3239
          used to convert the string during printing.  If the optional
3240
          ENCODING argument is not provided, or is an empty string, GDB
3241
          will automatically select the encoding most suitable for the
3242
          string type.  For further information on encoding in GDB
3243 342 jeremybenn
          please see *note Character Sets::.
3244 330 jeremybenn
 
3245
          If the optional LENGTH argument is given, the string will be
3246
          fetched and encoded to the length of characters specified.  If
3247
          the LENGTH argument is not provided, the string will be
3248
          fetched and encoded until a null of appropriate width is
3249
          found.
3250
 
3251

3252
File: gdb.info,  Node: Types In Python,  Next: Pretty Printing API,  Prev: Values From Inferior,  Up: Python API
3253
 
3254
23.2.2.4 Types In Python
3255
........................
3256
 
3257
GDB represents types from the inferior using the class `gdb.Type'.
3258
 
3259
   The following type-related functions are available in the `gdb'
3260
module:
3261
 
3262
 -- Function: lookup_type name [block]
3263
     This function looks up a type by name.  NAME is the name of the
3264
     type to look up.  It must be a string.
3265
 
3266
     If BLOCK is given, then NAME is looked up in that scope.
3267
     Otherwise, it is searched for globally.
3268
 
3269
     Ordinarily, this function will return an instance of `gdb.Type'.
3270
     If the named type cannot be found, it will throw an exception.
3271
 
3272
   An instance of `Type' has the following attributes:
3273
 
3274
      -- Instance Variable of Type: code
3275
          The type code for this type.  The type code will be one of the
3276
          `TYPE_CODE_' constants defined below.
3277
 
3278
      -- Instance Variable of Type: sizeof
3279
          The size of this type, in target `char' units.  Usually, a
3280
          target's `char' type will be an 8-bit byte.  However, on some
3281
          unusual platforms, this type may have a different size.
3282
 
3283
      -- Instance Variable of Type: tag
3284
          The tag name for this type.  The tag name is the name after
3285
          `struct', `union', or `enum' in C and C++; not all languages
3286
          have this concept.  If this type has no tag name, then `None'
3287
          is returned.
3288
 
3289
   The following methods are provided:
3290
 
3291
      -- Method on Type: fields
3292
          For structure and union types, this method returns the
3293
          fields.  Range types have two fields, the minimum and maximum
3294
          values.  Enum types have one field per enum constant.
3295
          Function and method types have one field per parameter.  The
3296
          base types of C++ classes are also represented as fields.  If
3297
          the type has no fields, or does not fit into one of these
3298
          categories, an empty sequence will be returned.
3299
 
3300
          Each field is an object, with some pre-defined attributes:
3301
         `bitpos'
3302
               This attribute is not available for `static' fields (as
3303
               in C++ or Java).  For non-`static' fields, the value is
3304
               the bit position of the field.
3305
 
3306
         `name'
3307
               The name of the field, or `None' for anonymous fields.
3308
 
3309
         `artificial'
3310
               This is `True' if the field is artificial, usually
3311
               meaning that it was provided by the compiler and not the
3312
               user.  This attribute is always provided, and is `False'
3313
               if the field is not artificial.
3314
 
3315
         `is_base_class'
3316
               This is `True' if the field represents a base class of a
3317
               C++ structure.  This attribute is always provided, and
3318
               is `False' if the field is not a base class of the type
3319
               that is the argument of `fields', or if that type was
3320
               not a C++ class.
3321
 
3322
         `bitsize'
3323
               If the field is packed, or is a bitfield, then this will
3324
               have a non-zero value, which is the size of the field in
3325
               bits.  Otherwise, this will be zero; in this case the
3326
               field's size is given by its type.
3327
 
3328
         `type'
3329
               The type of the field.  This is usually an instance of
3330
               `Type', but it can be `None' in some situations.
3331
 
3332
      -- Method on Type: const
3333
          Return a new `gdb.Type' object which represents a
3334
          `const'-qualified variant of this type.
3335
 
3336
      -- Method on Type: volatile
3337
          Return a new `gdb.Type' object which represents a
3338
          `volatile'-qualified variant of this type.
3339
 
3340
      -- Method on Type: unqualified
3341
          Return a new `gdb.Type' object which represents an unqualified
3342
          variant of this type.  That is, the result is neither `const'
3343
          nor `volatile'.
3344
 
3345
      -- Method on Type: range
3346
          Return a Python `Tuple' object that contains two elements: the
3347
          low bound of the argument type and the high bound of that
3348
          type.  If the type does not have a range, GDB will raise a
3349
          `RuntimeError' exception.
3350
 
3351
      -- Method on Type: reference
3352
          Return a new `gdb.Type' object which represents a reference
3353
          to this type.
3354
 
3355
      -- Method on Type: pointer
3356
          Return a new `gdb.Type' object which represents a pointer to
3357
          this type.
3358
 
3359
      -- Method on Type: strip_typedefs
3360
          Return a new `gdb.Type' that represents the real type, after
3361
          removing all layers of typedefs.
3362
 
3363
      -- Method on Type: target
3364
          Return a new `gdb.Type' object which represents the target
3365
          type of this type.
3366
 
3367
          For a pointer type, the target type is the type of the
3368
          pointed-to object.  For an array type (meaning C-like
3369
          arrays), the target type is the type of the elements of the
3370
          array.  For a function or method type, the target type is the
3371
          type of the return value.  For a complex type, the target
3372
          type is the type of the elements.  For a typedef, the target
3373
          type is the aliased type.
3374
 
3375
          If the type does not have a target, this method will throw an
3376
          exception.
3377
 
3378
      -- Method on Type: template_argument n [block]
3379
          If this `gdb.Type' is an instantiation of a template, this
3380
          will return a new `gdb.Type' which represents the type of the
3381
          Nth template argument.
3382
 
3383
          If this `gdb.Type' is not a template type, this will throw an
3384
          exception.  Ordinarily, only C++ code will have template
3385
          types.
3386
 
3387
          If BLOCK is given, then NAME is looked up in that scope.
3388
          Otherwise, it is searched for globally.
3389
 
3390
   Each type has a code, which indicates what category this type falls
3391
into.  The available type categories are represented by constants
3392
defined in the `gdb' module:
3393
 
3394
`TYPE_CODE_PTR'
3395
     The type is a pointer.
3396
 
3397
`TYPE_CODE_ARRAY'
3398
     The type is an array.
3399
 
3400
`TYPE_CODE_STRUCT'
3401
     The type is a structure.
3402
 
3403
`TYPE_CODE_UNION'
3404
     The type is a union.
3405
 
3406
`TYPE_CODE_ENUM'
3407
     The type is an enum.
3408
 
3409
`TYPE_CODE_FLAGS'
3410
     A bit flags type, used for things such as status registers.
3411
 
3412
`TYPE_CODE_FUNC'
3413
     The type is a function.
3414
 
3415
`TYPE_CODE_INT'
3416
     The type is an integer type.
3417
 
3418
`TYPE_CODE_FLT'
3419
     A floating point type.
3420
 
3421
`TYPE_CODE_VOID'
3422
     The special type `void'.
3423
 
3424
`TYPE_CODE_SET'
3425
     A Pascal set type.
3426
 
3427
`TYPE_CODE_RANGE'
3428
     A range type, that is, an integer type with bounds.
3429
 
3430
`TYPE_CODE_STRING'
3431
     A string type.  Note that this is only used for certain languages
3432
     with language-defined string types; C strings are not represented
3433
     this way.
3434
 
3435
`TYPE_CODE_BITSTRING'
3436
     A string of bits.
3437
 
3438
`TYPE_CODE_ERROR'
3439
     An unknown or erroneous type.
3440
 
3441
`TYPE_CODE_METHOD'
3442
     A method type, as found in C++ or Java.
3443
 
3444
`TYPE_CODE_METHODPTR'
3445
     A pointer-to-member-function.
3446
 
3447
`TYPE_CODE_MEMBERPTR'
3448
     A pointer-to-member.
3449
 
3450
`TYPE_CODE_REF'
3451
     A reference type.
3452
 
3453
`TYPE_CODE_CHAR'
3454
     A character type.
3455
 
3456
`TYPE_CODE_BOOL'
3457
     A boolean type.
3458
 
3459
`TYPE_CODE_COMPLEX'
3460
     A complex float type.
3461
 
3462
`TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF'
3463
     A typedef to some other type.
3464
 
3465
`TYPE_CODE_NAMESPACE'
3466
     A C++ namespace.
3467
 
3468
`TYPE_CODE_DECFLOAT'
3469
     A decimal floating point type.
3470
 
3471
`TYPE_CODE_INTERNAL_FUNCTION'
3472
     A function internal to GDB.  This is the type used to represent
3473
     convenience functions.
3474
 
3475

3476
File: gdb.info,  Node: Pretty Printing API,  Next: Selecting Pretty-Printers,  Prev: Types In Python,  Up: Python API
3477
 
3478
23.2.2.5 Pretty Printing API
3479
............................
3480
 
3481
An example output is provided (*note Pretty Printing::).
3482
 
3483
   A pretty-printer is just an object that holds a value and implements
3484
a specific interface, defined here.
3485
 
3486
 -- Operation on pretty printer: children (self)
3487
     GDB will call this method on a pretty-printer to compute the
3488
     children of the pretty-printer's value.
3489
 
3490
     This method must return an object conforming to the Python iterator
3491
     protocol.  Each item returned by the iterator must be a tuple
3492
     holding two elements.  The first element is the "name" of the
3493
     child; the second element is the child's value.  The value can be
3494
     any Python object which is convertible to a GDB value.
3495
 
3496
     This method is optional.  If it does not exist, GDB will act as
3497
     though the value has no children.
3498
 
3499
 -- Operation on pretty printer: display_hint (self)
3500
     The CLI may call this method and use its result to change the
3501
     formatting of a value.  The result will also be supplied to an MI
3502
     consumer as a `displayhint' attribute of the variable being
3503
     printed.
3504
 
3505
     This method is optional.  If it does exist, this method must
3506
     return a string.
3507
 
3508
     Some display hints are predefined by GDB:
3509
 
3510
    `array'
3511
          Indicate that the object being printed is "array-like".  The
3512
          CLI uses this to respect parameters such as `set print
3513
          elements' and `set print array'.
3514
 
3515
    `map'
3516
          Indicate that the object being printed is "map-like", and
3517
          that the children of this value can be assumed to alternate
3518
          between keys and values.
3519
 
3520
    `string'
3521
          Indicate that the object being printed is "string-like".  If
3522
          the printer's `to_string' method returns a Python string of
3523
          some kind, then GDB will call its internal language-specific
3524
          string-printing function to format the string.  For the CLI
3525
          this means adding quotation marks, possibly escaping some
3526
          characters, respecting `set print elements', and the like.
3527
 
3528
 -- Operation on pretty printer: to_string (self)
3529
     GDB will call this method to display the string representation of
3530
     the value passed to the object's constructor.
3531
 
3532
     When printing from the CLI, if the `to_string' method exists, then
3533
     GDB will prepend its result to the values returned by `children'.
3534
     Exactly how this formatting is done is dependent on the display
3535
     hint, and may change as more hints are added.  Also, depending on
3536
     the print settings (*note Print Settings::), the CLI may print
3537
     just the result of `to_string' in a stack trace, omitting the
3538
     result of `children'.
3539
 
3540
     If this method returns a string, it is printed verbatim.
3541
 
3542
     Otherwise, if this method returns an instance of `gdb.Value', then
3543
     GDB prints this value.  This may result in a call to another
3544
     pretty-printer.
3545
 
3546
     If instead the method returns a Python value which is convertible
3547
     to a `gdb.Value', then GDB performs the conversion and prints the
3548
     resulting value.  Again, this may result in a call to another
3549
     pretty-printer.  Python scalars (integers, floats, and booleans)
3550
     and strings are convertible to `gdb.Value'; other types are not.
3551
 
3552
     Finally, if this method returns `None' then no further operations
3553
     are peformed in this method and nothing is printed.
3554
 
3555
     If the result is not one of these types, an exception is raised.
3556
 
3557
   GDB provides a function which can be used to look up the default
3558
pretty-printer for a `gdb.Value':
3559
 
3560
 -- Function: default_visualizer value
3561
     This function takes a `gdb.Value' object as an argument.  If a
3562
     pretty-printer for this value exists, then it is returned.  If no
3563
     such printer exists, then this returns `None'.
3564
 
3565

3566
File: gdb.info,  Node: Selecting Pretty-Printers,  Next: Disabling Pretty-Printers,  Prev: Pretty Printing API,  Up: Python API
3567
 
3568
23.2.2.6 Selecting Pretty-Printers
3569
..................................
3570
 
3571
The Python list `gdb.pretty_printers' contains an array of functions or
3572
callable objects that have been registered via addition as a
3573
pretty-printer.  Each `gdb.Progspace' contains a `pretty_printers'
3574
attribute.  Each `gdb.Objfile' also contains a `pretty_printers'
3575
attribute.
3576
 
3577
   A function on one of these lists is passed a single `gdb.Value'
3578
argument and should return a pretty-printer object conforming to the
3579
interface definition above (*note Pretty Printing API::).  If a function
3580
cannot create a pretty-printer for the value, it should return `None'.
3581
 
3582
   GDB first checks the `pretty_printers' attribute of each
3583
`gdb.Objfile' in the current program space and iteratively calls each
3584
enabled function (*note Disabling Pretty-Printers::) in the list for
3585
that `gdb.Objfile' until it receives a pretty-printer object.  If no
3586
pretty-printer is found in the objfile lists, GDB then searches the
3587
pretty-printer list of the current program space, calling each enabled
3588
function until an object is returned.  After these lists have been
3589
exhausted, it tries the global `gdb.pretty_printers' list, again
3590
calling each enabled function until an object is returned.
3591
 
3592
   The order in which the objfiles are searched is not specified.  For a
3593
given list, functions are always invoked from the head of the list, and
3594
iterated over sequentially until the end of the list, or a printer
3595
object is returned.
3596
 
3597
   Here is an example showing how a `std::string' printer might be
3598
written:
3599
 
3600
     class StdStringPrinter:
3601
         "Print a std::string"
3602
 
3603
         def __init__ (self, val):
3604
             self.val = val
3605
 
3606
         def to_string (self):
3607
             return self.val['_M_dataplus']['_M_p']
3608
 
3609
         def display_hint (self):
3610
             return 'string'
3611
 
3612
   And here is an example showing how a lookup function for the printer
3613
example above might be written.
3614
 
3615
     def str_lookup_function (val):
3616
 
3617
         lookup_tag = val.type.tag
3618
         regex = re.compile ("^std::basic_string$")
3619
         if lookup_tag == None:
3620
             return None
3621
         if regex.match (lookup_tag):
3622
             return StdStringPrinter (val)
3623
 
3624
         return None
3625
 
3626
   The example lookup function extracts the value's type, and attempts
3627
to match it to a type that it can pretty-print.  If it is a type the
3628
printer can pretty-print, it will return a printer object.  If not, it
3629
returns `None'.
3630
 
3631
   We recommend that you put your core pretty-printers into a Python
3632
package.  If your pretty-printers are for use with a library, we
3633
further recommend embedding a version number into the package name.
3634
This practice will enable GDB to load multiple versions of your
3635
pretty-printers at the same time, because they will have different
3636
names.
3637
 
3638
   You should write auto-loaded code (*note Auto-loading::) such that it
3639
can be evaluated multiple times without changing its meaning.  An ideal
3640
auto-load file will consist solely of `import's of your printer
3641
modules, followed by a call to a register pretty-printers with the
3642
current objfile.
3643
 
3644
   Taken as a whole, this approach will scale nicely to multiple
3645
inferiors, each potentially using a different library version.
3646
Embedding a version number in the Python package name will ensure that
3647
GDB is able to load both sets of printers simultaneously.  Then,
3648
because the search for pretty-printers is done by objfile, and because
3649
your auto-loaded code took care to register your library's printers
3650
with a specific objfile, GDB will find the correct printers for the
3651
specific version of the library used by each inferior.
3652
 
3653
   To continue the `std::string' example (*note Pretty Printing API::),
3654
this code might appear in `gdb.libstdcxx.v6':
3655
 
3656
     def register_printers (objfile):
3657
         objfile.pretty_printers.add (str_lookup_function)
3658
 
3659
And then the corresponding contents of the auto-load file would be:
3660
 
3661
     import gdb.libstdcxx.v6
3662
     gdb.libstdcxx.v6.register_printers (gdb.current_objfile ())
3663
 
3664

3665
File: gdb.info,  Node: Disabling Pretty-Printers,  Next: Inferiors In Python,  Prev: Selecting Pretty-Printers,  Up: Python API
3666
 
3667
23.2.2.7 Disabling Pretty-Printers
3668
..................................
3669
 
3670
For various reasons a pretty-printer may not work.  For example, the
3671
underlying data structure may have changed and the pretty-printer is
3672
out of date.
3673
 
3674
   The consequences of a broken pretty-printer are severe enough that
3675
GDB provides support for enabling and disabling individual printers.
3676
For example, if `print frame-arguments' is on, a backtrace can become
3677
highly illegible if any argument is printed with a broken printer.
3678
 
3679
   Pretty-printers are enabled and disabled by attaching an `enabled'
3680
attribute to the registered function or callable object.  If this
3681
attribute is present and its value is `False', the printer is disabled,
3682
otherwise the printer is enabled.
3683
 
3684

3685
File: gdb.info,  Node: Inferiors In Python,  Next: Threads In Python,  Prev: Disabling Pretty-Printers,  Up: Python API
3686
 
3687
23.2.2.8 Inferiors In Python
3688
............................
3689
 
3690
Programs which are being run under GDB are called inferiors (*note
3691
Inferiors and Programs::).  Python scripts can access information about
3692
and manipulate inferiors controlled by GDB via objects of the
3693
`gdb.Inferior' class.
3694
 
3695
   The following inferior-related functions are available in the `gdb'
3696
module:
3697
 
3698
 -- Function: inferiors
3699
     Return a tuple containing all inferior objects.
3700
 
3701
   A `gdb.Inferior' object has the following attributes:
3702
 
3703
      -- Instance Variable of Inferior: num
3704
          ID of inferior, as assigned by GDB.
3705
 
3706
      -- Instance Variable of Inferior: pid
3707
          Process ID of the inferior, as assigned by the underlying
3708
          operating system.
3709
 
3710
      -- Instance Variable of Inferior: was_attached
3711
          Boolean signaling whether the inferior was created using
3712
          `attach', or started by GDB itself.
3713
 
3714
   A `gdb.Inferior' object has the following methods:
3715
 
3716
      -- Method on Inferior: threads
3717
          This method returns a tuple holding all the threads which are
3718
          valid when it is called.  If there are no valid threads, the
3719
          method will return an empty tuple.
3720
 
3721
      -- Method on Inferior: read_memory address length
3722
          Read LENGTH bytes of memory from the inferior, starting at
3723
          ADDRESS.  Returns a buffer object, which behaves much like an
3724
          array or a string.  It can be modified and given to the
3725
          `gdb.write_memory' function.
3726
 
3727
      -- Method on Inferior: write_memory address buffer [length]
3728
          Write the contents of BUFFER to the inferior, starting at
3729
          ADDRESS.  The BUFFER parameter must be a Python object which
3730
          supports the buffer protocol, i.e., a string, an array or the
3731
          object returned from `gdb.read_memory'.  If given, LENGTH
3732
          determines the number of bytes from BUFFER to be written.
3733
 
3734
      -- Method on Inferior: search_memory address length pattern
3735
          Search a region of the inferior memory starting at ADDRESS
3736
          with the given LENGTH using the search pattern supplied in
3737
          PATTERN.  The PATTERN parameter must be a Python object which
3738
          supports the buffer protocol, i.e., a string, an array or the
3739
          object returned from `gdb.read_memory'.  Returns a Python
3740
          `Long' containing the address where the pattern was found, or
3741
          `None' if the pattern could not be found.
3742
 
3743

3744
File: gdb.info,  Node: Threads In Python,  Next: Commands In Python,  Prev: Inferiors In Python,  Up: Python API
3745
 
3746
23.2.2.9 Threads In Python
3747
..........................
3748
 
3749
Python scripts can access information about, and manipulate inferior
3750
threads controlled by GDB, via objects of the `gdb.InferiorThread'
3751
class.
3752
 
3753
   The following thread-related functions are available in the `gdb'
3754
module:
3755
 
3756
 -- Function: selected_thread
3757
     This function returns the thread object for the selected thread.
3758
     If there is no selected thread, this will return `None'.
3759
 
3760
   A `gdb.InferiorThread' object has the following attributes:
3761
 
3762
      -- Instance Variable of InferiorThread: num
3763
          ID of the thread, as assigned by GDB.
3764
 
3765
      -- Instance Variable of InferiorThread: ptid
3766
          ID of the thread, as assigned by the operating system.  This
3767
          attribute is a tuple containing three integers.  The first is
3768
          the Process ID (PID); the second is the Lightweight Process
3769
          ID (LWPID), and the third is the Thread ID (TID).  Either the
3770
          LWPID or TID may be 0, which indicates that the operating
3771
          system does not  use that identifier.
3772
 
3773
   A `gdb.InferiorThread' object has the following methods:
3774
 
3775
      -- Method on InferiorThread: switch
3776
          This changes GDB's currently selected thread to the one
3777
          represented by this object.
3778
 
3779
      -- Method on InferiorThread: is_stopped
3780
          Return a Boolean indicating whether the thread is stopped.
3781
 
3782
      -- Method on InferiorThread: is_running
3783
          Return a Boolean indicating whether the thread is running.
3784
 
3785
      -- Method on InferiorThread: is_exited
3786
          Return a Boolean indicating whether the thread is exited.
3787
 
3788

3789
File: gdb.info,  Node: Commands In Python,  Next: Parameters In Python,  Prev: Threads In Python,  Up: Python API
3790
 
3791
23.2.2.10 Commands In Python
3792
............................
3793
 
3794
You can implement new GDB CLI commands in Python.  A CLI command is
3795
implemented using an instance of the `gdb.Command' class, most commonly
3796
using a subclass.
3797
 
3798
 -- Method on Command: __init__ name COMMAND_CLASS [COMPLETER_CLASS]
3799
          [PREFIX]
3800
     The object initializer for `Command' registers the new command
3801
     with GDB.  This initializer is normally invoked from the subclass'
3802
     own `__init__' method.
3803
 
3804
     NAME is the name of the command.  If NAME consists of multiple
3805
     words, then the initial words are looked for as prefix commands.
3806
     In this case, if one of the prefix commands does not exist, an
3807
     exception is raised.
3808
 
3809
     There is no support for multi-line commands.
3810
 
3811
     COMMAND_CLASS should be one of the `COMMAND_' constants defined
3812
     below.  This argument tells GDB how to categorize the new command
3813
     in the help system.
3814
 
3815
     COMPLETER_CLASS is an optional argument.  If given, it should be
3816
     one of the `COMPLETE_' constants defined below.  This argument
3817
     tells GDB how to perform completion for this command.  If not
3818
     given, GDB will attempt to complete using the object's `complete'
3819
     method (see below); if no such method is found, an error will
3820
     occur when completion is attempted.
3821
 
3822
     PREFIX is an optional argument.  If `True', then the new command
3823
     is a prefix command; sub-commands of this command may be
3824
     registered.
3825
 
3826
     The help text for the new command is taken from the Python
3827
     documentation string for the command's class, if there is one.  If
3828
     no documentation string is provided, the default value "This
3829
     command is not documented." is used.
3830
 
3831
 -- Method on Command: dont_repeat
3832
     By default, a GDB command is repeated when the user enters a blank
3833
     line at the command prompt.  A command can suppress this behavior
3834
     by invoking the `dont_repeat' method.  This is similar to the user
3835 342 jeremybenn
     command `dont-repeat', see *note dont-repeat: Define.
3836 330 jeremybenn
 
3837
 -- Method on Command: invoke argument from_tty
3838
     This method is called by GDB when this command is invoked.
3839
 
3840
     ARGUMENT is a string.  It is the argument to the command, after
3841
     leading and trailing whitespace has been stripped.
3842
 
3843
     FROM_TTY is a boolean argument.  When true, this means that the
3844
     command was entered by the user at the terminal; when false it
3845
     means that the command came from elsewhere.
3846
 
3847
     If this method throws an exception, it is turned into a GDB
3848
     `error' call.  Otherwise, the return value is ignored.
3849
 
3850
     To break ARGUMENT up into an argv-like string use
3851
     `gdb.string_to_argv'.  This function behaves identically to GDB's
3852
     internal argument lexer `buildargv'.  It is recommended to use
3853
     this for consistency.  Arguments are separated by spaces and may
3854
     be quoted.  Example:
3855
 
3856
          print gdb.string_to_argv ("1 2\ \\\"3 '4 \"5' \"6 '7\"")
3857
          ['1', '2 "3', '4 "5', "6 '7"]
3858
 
3859
 
3860
 -- Method on Command: complete text word
3861
     This method is called by GDB when the user attempts completion on
3862
     this command.  All forms of completion are handled by this method,
3863
     that is, the  and  key bindings (*note Completion::),
3864
     and the `complete' command (*note complete: Help.).
3865
 
3866
     The arguments TEXT and WORD are both strings.  TEXT holds the
3867
     complete command line up to the cursor's location.  WORD holds the
3868
     last word of the command line; this is computed using a
3869
     word-breaking heuristic.
3870
 
3871
     The `complete' method can return several values:
3872
        * If the return value is a sequence, the contents of the
3873
          sequence are used as the completions.  It is up to `complete'
3874
          to ensure that the contents actually do complete the word.  A
3875
          zero-length sequence is allowed, it means that there were no
3876
          completions available.  Only string elements of the sequence
3877
          are used; other elements in the sequence are ignored.
3878
 
3879
        * If the return value is one of the `COMPLETE_' constants
3880
          defined below, then the corresponding GDB-internal completion
3881
          function is invoked, and its result is used.
3882
 
3883
        * All other results are treated as though there were no
3884
          available completions.
3885
 
3886
   When a new command is registered, it must be declared as a member of
3887
some general class of commands.  This is used to classify top-level
3888
commands in the on-line help system; note that prefix commands are not
3889
listed under their own category but rather that of their top-level
3890
command.  The available classifications are represented by constants
3891
defined in the `gdb' module:
3892
 
3893
`COMMAND_NONE'
3894
     The command does not belong to any particular class.  A command in
3895
     this category will not be displayed in any of the help categories.
3896
 
3897
`COMMAND_RUNNING'
3898
     The command is related to running the inferior.  For example,
3899
     `start', `step', and `continue' are in this category.  Type `help
3900
     running' at the GDB prompt to see a list of commands in this
3901
     category.
3902
 
3903
`COMMAND_DATA'
3904
     The command is related to data or variables.  For example, `call',
3905
     `find', and `print' are in this category.  Type `help data' at the
3906
     GDB prompt to see a list of commands in this category.
3907
 
3908
`COMMAND_STACK'
3909
     The command has to do with manipulation of the stack.  For example,
3910
     `backtrace', `frame', and `return' are in this category.  Type
3911
     `help stack' at the GDB prompt to see a list of commands in this
3912
     category.
3913
 
3914
`COMMAND_FILES'
3915
     This class is used for file-related commands.  For example,
3916
     `file', `list' and `section' are in this category.  Type `help
3917
     files' at the GDB prompt to see a list of commands in this
3918
     category.
3919
 
3920
`COMMAND_SUPPORT'
3921
     This should be used for "support facilities", generally meaning
3922
     things that are useful to the user when interacting with GDB, but
3923
     not related to the state of the inferior.  For example, `help',
3924
     `make', and `shell' are in this category.  Type `help support' at
3925
     the GDB prompt to see a list of commands in this category.
3926
 
3927
`COMMAND_STATUS'
3928
     The command is an `info'-related command, that is, related to the
3929
     state of GDB itself.  For example, `info', `macro', and `show' are
3930
     in this category.  Type `help status' at the GDB prompt to see a
3931
     list of commands in this category.
3932
 
3933
`COMMAND_BREAKPOINTS'
3934
     The command has to do with breakpoints.  For example, `break',
3935
     `clear', and `delete' are in this category.  Type `help
3936
     breakpoints' at the GDB prompt to see a list of commands in this
3937
     category.
3938
 
3939
`COMMAND_TRACEPOINTS'
3940
     The command has to do with tracepoints.  For example, `trace',
3941
     `actions', and `tfind' are in this category.  Type `help
3942
     tracepoints' at the GDB prompt to see a list of commands in this
3943
     category.
3944
 
3945
`COMMAND_OBSCURE'
3946
     The command is only used in unusual circumstances, or is not of
3947
     general interest to users.  For example, `checkpoint', `fork', and
3948
     `stop' are in this category.  Type `help obscure' at the GDB
3949
     prompt to see a list of commands in this category.
3950
 
3951
`COMMAND_MAINTENANCE'
3952
     The command is only useful to GDB maintainers.  The `maintenance'
3953
     and `flushregs' commands are in this category.  Type `help
3954
     internals' at the GDB prompt to see a list of commands in this
3955
     category.
3956
 
3957
   A new command can use a predefined completion function, either by
3958
specifying it via an argument at initialization, or by returning it
3959
from the `complete' method.  These predefined completion constants are
3960
all defined in the `gdb' module:
3961
 
3962
`COMPLETE_NONE'
3963
     This constant means that no completion should be done.
3964
 
3965
`COMPLETE_FILENAME'
3966
     This constant means that filename completion should be performed.
3967
 
3968
`COMPLETE_LOCATION'
3969
     This constant means that location completion should be done.
3970
     *Note Specify Location::.
3971
 
3972
`COMPLETE_COMMAND'
3973
     This constant means that completion should examine GDB command
3974
     names.
3975
 
3976
`COMPLETE_SYMBOL'
3977
     This constant means that completion should be done using symbol
3978
     names as the source.
3979
 
3980
   The following code snippet shows how a trivial CLI command can be
3981
implemented in Python:
3982
 
3983
     class HelloWorld (gdb.Command):
3984
       """Greet the whole world."""
3985
 
3986
       def __init__ (self):
3987
         super (HelloWorld, self).__init__ ("hello-world", gdb.COMMAND_OBSCURE)
3988
 
3989
       def invoke (self, arg, from_tty):
3990
         print "Hello, World!"
3991
 
3992
     HelloWorld ()
3993
 
3994
   The last line instantiates the class, and is necessary to trigger the
3995
registration of the command with GDB.  Depending on how the Python code
3996
is read into GDB, you may need to import the `gdb' module explicitly.
3997
 
3998

3999
File: gdb.info,  Node: Parameters In Python,  Next: Functions In Python,  Prev: Commands In Python,  Up: Python API
4000
 
4001
23.2.2.11 Parameters In Python
4002
..............................
4003
 
4004
You can implement new GDB parameters using Python.  A new parameter is
4005
implemented as an instance of the `gdb.Parameter' class.
4006
 
4007
   Parameters are exposed to the user via the `set' and `show'
4008
commands.  *Note Help::.
4009
 
4010
   There are many parameters that already exist and can be set in GDB.
4011
Two examples are: `set follow fork' and `set charset'.  Setting these
4012
parameters influences certain behavior in GDB.  Similarly, you can
4013
define parameters that can be used to influence behavior in custom
4014
Python scripts and commands.
4015
 
4016
 -- Method on Parameter: __init__ name COMMAND-CLASS PARAMETER-CLASS
4017
          [ENUM-SEQUENCE]
4018
     The object initializer for `Parameter' registers the new parameter
4019
     with GDB.  This initializer is normally invoked from the subclass'
4020
     own `__init__' method.
4021
 
4022
     NAME is the name of the new parameter.  If NAME consists of
4023
     multiple words, then the initial words are looked for as prefix
4024
     parameters.  An example of this can be illustrated with the `set
4025
     print' set of parameters.  If NAME is `print foo', then `print'
4026
     will be searched as the prefix parameter.  In this case the
4027
     parameter can subsequently be accessed in GDB as `set print foo'.
4028
 
4029
     If NAME consists of multiple words, and no prefix parameter group
4030
     can be found, an exception is raised.
4031
 
4032
     COMMAND-CLASS should be one of the `COMMAND_' constants (*note
4033
     Commands In Python::).  This argument tells GDB how to categorize
4034
     the new parameter in the help system.
4035
 
4036
     PARAMETER-CLASS should be one of the `PARAM_' constants defined
4037
     below.  This argument tells GDB the type of the new parameter;
4038
     this information is used for input validation and completion.
4039
 
4040
     If PARAMETER-CLASS is `PARAM_ENUM', then ENUM-SEQUENCE must be a
4041
     sequence of strings.  These strings represent the possible values
4042
     for the parameter.
4043
 
4044
     If PARAMETER-CLASS is not `PARAM_ENUM', then the presence of a
4045
     fourth argument will cause an exception to be thrown.
4046
 
4047
     The help text for the new parameter is taken from the Python
4048
     documentation string for the parameter's class, if there is one.
4049
     If there is no documentation string, a default value is used.
4050
 
4051
 -- Instance Variable of Parameter: set_doc
4052
     If this attribute exists, and is a string, then its value is used
4053
     as the help text for this parameter's `set' command.  The value is
4054
     examined when `Parameter.__init__' is invoked; subsequent changes
4055
     have no effect.
4056
 
4057
 -- Instance Variable of Parameter: show_doc
4058
     If this attribute exists, and is a string, then its value is used
4059
     as the help text for this parameter's `show' command.  The value is
4060
     examined when `Parameter.__init__' is invoked; subsequent changes
4061
     have no effect.
4062
 
4063
 -- Instance Variable of Parameter: value
4064
     The `value' attribute holds the underlying value of the parameter.
4065
     It can be read and assigned to just as any other attribute.  GDB
4066
     does validation when assignments are made.
4067
 
4068
   When a new parameter is defined, its type must be specified.  The
4069
available types are represented by constants defined in the `gdb'
4070
module:
4071
 
4072
`PARAM_BOOLEAN'
4073
     The value is a plain boolean.  The Python boolean values, `True'
4074
     and `False' are the only valid values.
4075
 
4076
`PARAM_AUTO_BOOLEAN'
4077
     The value has three possible states: true, false, and `auto'.  In
4078
     Python, true and false are represented using boolean constants, and
4079
     `auto' is represented using `None'.
4080
 
4081
`PARAM_UINTEGER'
4082
     The value is an unsigned integer.  The value of 0 should be
4083
     interpreted to mean "unlimited".
4084
 
4085
`PARAM_INTEGER'
4086
     The value is a signed integer.  The value of 0 should be
4087
     interpreted to mean "unlimited".
4088
 
4089
`PARAM_STRING'
4090
     The value is a string.  When the user modifies the string, any
4091
     escape sequences, such as `\t', `\f', and octal escapes, are
4092
     translated into corresponding characters and encoded into the
4093
     current host charset.
4094
 
4095
`PARAM_STRING_NOESCAPE'
4096
     The value is a string.  When the user modifies the string, escapes
4097
     are passed through untranslated.
4098
 
4099
`PARAM_OPTIONAL_FILENAME'
4100
     The value is a either a filename (a string), or `None'.
4101
 
4102
`PARAM_FILENAME'
4103
     The value is a filename.  This is just like
4104
     `PARAM_STRING_NOESCAPE', but uses file names for completion.
4105
 
4106
`PARAM_ZINTEGER'
4107
     The value is an integer.  This is like `PARAM_INTEGER', except 0
4108
     is interpreted as itself.
4109
 
4110
`PARAM_ENUM'
4111
     The value is a string, which must be one of a collection string
4112
     constants provided when the parameter is created.
4113
 
4114

4115
File: gdb.info,  Node: Functions In Python,  Next: Progspaces In Python,  Prev: Parameters In Python,  Up: Python API
4116
 
4117
23.2.2.12 Writing new convenience functions
4118
...........................................
4119
 
4120
You can implement new convenience functions (*note Convenience Vars::)
4121
in Python.  A convenience function is an instance of a subclass of the
4122
class `gdb.Function'.
4123
 
4124
 -- Method on Function: __init__ name
4125
     The initializer for `Function' registers the new function with
4126
     GDB.  The argument NAME is the name of the function, a string.
4127
     The function will be visible to the user as a convenience variable
4128
     of type `internal function', whose name is the same as the given
4129
     NAME.
4130
 
4131
     The documentation for the new function is taken from the
4132
     documentation string for the new class.
4133
 
4134
 -- Method on Function: invoke *ARGS
4135
     When a convenience function is evaluated, its arguments are
4136
     converted to instances of `gdb.Value', and then the function's
4137
     `invoke' method is called.  Note that GDB does not predetermine
4138
     the arity of convenience functions.  Instead, all available
4139
     arguments are passed to `invoke', following the standard Python
4140
     calling convention.  In particular, a convenience function can
4141
     have default values for parameters without ill effect.
4142
 
4143
     The return value of this method is used as its value in the
4144
     enclosing expression.  If an ordinary Python value is returned, it
4145
     is converted to a `gdb.Value' following the usual rules.
4146
 
4147
   The following code snippet shows how a trivial convenience function
4148
can be implemented in Python:
4149
 
4150
     class Greet (gdb.Function):
4151
       """Return string to greet someone.
4152
     Takes a name as argument."""
4153
 
4154
       def __init__ (self):
4155
         super (Greet, self).__init__ ("greet")
4156
 
4157
       def invoke (self, name):
4158
         return "Hello, %s!" % name.string ()
4159
 
4160
     Greet ()
4161
 
4162
   The last line instantiates the class, and is necessary to trigger the
4163
registration of the function with GDB.  Depending on how the Python
4164
code is read into GDB, you may need to import the `gdb' module
4165
explicitly.
4166
 
4167

4168
File: gdb.info,  Node: Progspaces In Python,  Next: Objfiles In Python,  Prev: Functions In Python,  Up: Python API
4169
 
4170
23.2.2.13 Program Spaces In Python
4171
..................................
4172
 
4173
A program space, or "progspace", represents a symbolic view of an
4174
address space.  It consists of all of the objfiles of the program.
4175
*Note Objfiles In Python::.  *Note program spaces: Inferiors and
4176
Programs, for more details about program spaces.
4177
 
4178
   The following progspace-related functions are available in the `gdb'
4179
module:
4180
 
4181
 -- Function: current_progspace
4182
     This function returns the program space of the currently selected
4183
     inferior.  *Note Inferiors and Programs::.
4184
 
4185
 -- Function: progspaces
4186
     Return a sequence of all the progspaces currently known to GDB.
4187
 
4188
   Each progspace is represented by an instance of the `gdb.Progspace'
4189
class.
4190
 
4191
 -- Instance Variable of Progspace: filename
4192
     The file name of the progspace as a string.
4193
 
4194
 -- Instance Variable of Progspace: pretty_printers
4195
     The `pretty_printers' attribute is a list of functions.  It is
4196
     used to look up pretty-printers.  A `Value' is passed to each
4197
     function in order; if the function returns `None', then the search
4198
     continues.  Otherwise, the return value should be an object which
4199
     is used to format the value.  *Note Pretty Printing API::, for more
4200
     information.
4201
 
4202

4203
File: gdb.info,  Node: Objfiles In Python,  Next: Frames In Python,  Prev: Progspaces In Python,  Up: Python API
4204
 
4205
23.2.2.14 Objfiles In Python
4206
............................
4207
 
4208
GDB loads symbols for an inferior from various symbol-containing files
4209
(*note Files::).  These include the primary executable file, any shared
4210
libraries used by the inferior, and any separate debug info files
4211
(*note Separate Debug Files::).  GDB calls these symbol-containing
4212
files "objfiles".
4213
 
4214
   The following objfile-related functions are available in the `gdb'
4215
module:
4216
 
4217
 -- Function: current_objfile
4218
     When auto-loading a Python script (*note Auto-loading::), GDB sets
4219
     the "current objfile" to the corresponding objfile.  This function
4220
     returns the current objfile.  If there is no current objfile, this
4221
     function returns `None'.
4222
 
4223
 -- Function: objfiles
4224
     Return a sequence of all the objfiles current known to GDB.  *Note
4225
     Objfiles In Python::.
4226
 
4227
   Each objfile is represented by an instance of the `gdb.Objfile'
4228
class.
4229
 
4230
 -- Instance Variable of Objfile: filename
4231
     The file name of the objfile as a string.
4232
 
4233
 -- Instance Variable of Objfile: pretty_printers
4234
     The `pretty_printers' attribute is a list of functions.  It is
4235
     used to look up pretty-printers.  A `Value' is passed to each
4236
     function in order; if the function returns `None', then the search
4237
     continues.  Otherwise, the return value should be an object which
4238
     is used to format the value.  *Note Pretty Printing API::, for more
4239
     information.
4240
 
4241

4242
File: gdb.info,  Node: Frames In Python,  Next: Blocks In Python,  Prev: Objfiles In Python,  Up: Python API
4243
 
4244
23.2.2.15 Accessing inferior stack frames from Python.
4245
......................................................
4246
 
4247
When the debugged program stops, GDB is able to analyze its call stack
4248
(*note Stack frames: Frames.).  The `gdb.Frame' class represents a
4249
frame in the stack.  A `gdb.Frame' object is only valid while its
4250
corresponding frame exists in the inferior's stack.  If you try to use
4251
an invalid frame object, GDB will throw a `RuntimeError' exception.
4252
 
4253
   Two `gdb.Frame' objects can be compared for equality with the `=='
4254
operator, like:
4255
 
4256
     (gdb) python print gdb.newest_frame() == gdb.selected_frame ()
4257
     True
4258
 
4259
   The following frame-related functions are available in the `gdb'
4260
module:
4261
 
4262
 -- Function: selected_frame
4263
     Return the selected frame object.  (*note Selecting a Frame:
4264
     Selection.).
4265
 
4266
 -- Function: frame_stop_reason_string reason
4267
     Return a string explaining the reason why GDB stopped unwinding
4268
     frames, as expressed by the given REASON code (an integer, see the
4269
     `unwind_stop_reason' method further down in this section).
4270
 
4271
   A `gdb.Frame' object has the following methods:
4272
 
4273
      -- Method on Frame: is_valid
4274
          Returns true if the `gdb.Frame' object is valid, false if not.
4275
          A frame object can become invalid if the frame it refers to
4276
          doesn't exist anymore in the inferior.  All `gdb.Frame'
4277
          methods will throw an exception if it is invalid at the time
4278
          the method is called.
4279
 
4280
      -- Method on Frame: name
4281
          Returns the function name of the frame, or `None' if it can't
4282
          be obtained.
4283
 
4284
      -- Method on Frame: type
4285
          Returns the type of the frame.  The value can be one of
4286
          `gdb.NORMAL_FRAME', `gdb.DUMMY_FRAME', `gdb.SIGTRAMP_FRAME'
4287
          or `gdb.SENTINEL_FRAME'.
4288
 
4289
      -- Method on Frame: unwind_stop_reason
4290
          Return an integer representing the reason why it's not
4291
          possible to find more frames toward the outermost frame.  Use
4292
          `gdb.frame_stop_reason_string' to convert the value returned
4293
          by this function to a string.
4294
 
4295
      -- Method on Frame: pc
4296
          Returns the frame's resume address.
4297
 
4298
      -- Method on Frame: block
4299
          Return the frame's code block.  *Note Blocks In Python::.
4300
 
4301
      -- Method on Frame: function
4302
          Return the symbol for the function corresponding to this
4303
          frame.  *Note Symbols In Python::.
4304
 
4305
      -- Method on Frame: older
4306
          Return the frame that called this frame.
4307
 
4308
      -- Method on Frame: newer
4309
          Return the frame called by this frame.
4310
 
4311
      -- Method on Frame: find_sal
4312
          Return the frame's symtab and line object.  *Note Symbol
4313
          Tables In Python::.
4314
 
4315
      -- Method on Frame: read_var variable [block]
4316
          Return the value of VARIABLE in this frame.  If the optional
4317
          argument BLOCK is provided, search for the variable from that
4318
          block; otherwise start at the frame's current block (which is
4319
          determined by the frame's current program counter).  VARIABLE
4320
          must be a string or a `gdb.Symbol' object.  BLOCK must be a
4321
          `gdb.Block' object.
4322
 
4323
      -- Method on Frame: select
4324
          Set this frame to be the selected frame.  *Note Examining the
4325
          Stack: Stack.
4326
 
4327

4328
File: gdb.info,  Node: Blocks In Python,  Next: Symbols In Python,  Prev: Frames In Python,  Up: Python API
4329
 
4330
23.2.2.16 Accessing frame blocks from Python.
4331
.............................................
4332
 
4333
Within each frame, GDB maintains information on each block stored in
4334
that frame.  These blocks are organized hierarchically, and are
4335 342 jeremybenn
represented individually in Python as a `gdb.Block'.  Please see *note
4336 330 jeremybenn
Frames In Python::, for a more in-depth discussion on frames.
4337 342 jeremybenn
Furthermore, see *note Examining the Stack: Stack, for more detailed
4338 330 jeremybenn
technical information on GDB's book-keeping of the stack.
4339
 
4340
   The following block-related functions are available in the `gdb'
4341
module:
4342
 
4343
 -- Function: block_for_pc pc
4344
     Return the `gdb.Block' containing the given PC value.  If the
4345
     block cannot be found for the PC value specified, the function
4346
     will return `None'.
4347
 
4348
   A `gdb.Block' object has the following attributes:
4349
 
4350
      -- Instance Variable of Block: start
4351
          The start address of the block.  This attribute is not
4352
          writable.
4353
 
4354
      -- Instance Variable of Block: end
4355
          The end address of the block.  This attribute is not writable.
4356
 
4357
      -- Instance Variable of Block: function
4358
          The name of the block represented as a `gdb.Symbol'.  If the
4359
          block is not named, then this attribute holds `None'.  This
4360
          attribute is not writable.
4361
 
4362
      -- Instance Variable of Block: superblock
4363
          The block containing this block.  If this parent block does
4364
          not exist, this attribute holds `None'.  This attribute is
4365
          not writable.
4366
 
4367

4368
File: gdb.info,  Node: Symbols In Python,  Next: Symbol Tables In Python,  Prev: Blocks In Python,  Up: Python API
4369
 
4370
23.2.2.17 Python representation of Symbols.
4371
...........................................
4372
 
4373
GDB represents every variable, function and type as an entry in a
4374
symbol table.  *Note Examining the Symbol Table: Symbols.  Similarly,
4375
Python represents these symbols in GDB with the `gdb.Symbol' object.
4376
 
4377
   The following symbol-related functions are available in the `gdb'
4378
module:
4379
 
4380
 -- Function: lookup_symbol name [block] [domain]
4381
     This function searches for a symbol by name.  The search scope can
4382
     be restricted to the parameters defined in the optional domain and
4383
     block arguments.
4384
 
4385
     NAME is the name of the symbol.  It must be a string.  The
4386
     optional BLOCK argument restricts the search to symbols visible in
4387
     that BLOCK.  The BLOCK argument must be a `gdb.Block' object.  The
4388
     optional DOMAIN argument restricts the search to the domain type.
4389
     The DOMAIN argument must be a domain constant defined in the `gdb'
4390
     module and described later in this chapter.
4391
 
4392
   A `gdb.Symbol' object has the following attributes:
4393
 
4394
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: symtab
4395
          The symbol table in which the symbol appears.  This attribute
4396
          is represented as a `gdb.Symtab' object.  *Note Symbol Tables
4397
          In Python::.  This attribute is not writable.
4398
 
4399
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: name
4400
          The name of the symbol as a string.  This attribute is not
4401
          writable.
4402
 
4403
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: linkage_name
4404
          The name of the symbol, as used by the linker (i.e., may be
4405
          mangled).  This attribute is not writable.
4406
 
4407
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: print_name
4408
          The name of the symbol in a form suitable for output.  This
4409
          is either `name' or `linkage_name', depending on whether the
4410
          user asked GDB to display demangled or mangled names.
4411
 
4412
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: addr_class
4413
          The address class of the symbol.  This classifies how to find
4414
          the value of a symbol.  Each address class is a constant
4415
          defined in the `gdb' module and described later in this
4416
          chapter.
4417
 
4418
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: is_argument
4419
          `True' if the symbol is an argument of a function.
4420
 
4421
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: is_constant
4422
          `True' if the symbol is a constant.
4423
 
4424
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: is_function
4425
          `True' if the symbol is a function or a method.
4426
 
4427
      -- Instance Variable of Symbol: is_variable
4428
          `True' if the symbol is a variable.
4429
 
4430
   The available domain categories in `gdb.Symbol' are represented as
4431
constants in the `gdb' module:
4432
 
4433
`SYMBOL_UNDEF_DOMAIN'
4434
     This is used when a domain has not been discovered or none of the
4435
     following domains apply.  This usually indicates an error either
4436
     in the symbol information or in GDB's handling of symbols.
4437
 
4438
`SYMBOL_VAR_DOMAIN'
4439
     This domain contains variables, function names, typedef names and
4440
     enum type values.
4441
 
4442
`SYMBOL_STRUCT_DOMAIN'
4443
     This domain holds struct, union and enum type names.
4444
 
4445
`SYMBOL_LABEL_DOMAIN'
4446
     This domain contains names of labels (for gotos).
4447
 
4448
`SYMBOL_VARIABLES_DOMAIN'
4449
     This domain holds a subset of the `SYMBOLS_VAR_DOMAIN'; it
4450
     contains everything minus functions and types.
4451
 
4452
`SYMBOL_FUNCTION_DOMAIN'
4453
     This domain contains all functions.
4454
 
4455
`SYMBOL_TYPES_DOMAIN'
4456
     This domain contains all types.
4457
 
4458
   The available address class categories in `gdb.Symbol' are
4459
represented as constants in the `gdb' module:
4460
 
4461
`SYMBOL_LOC_UNDEF'
4462
     If this is returned by address class, it indicates an error either
4463
     in the symbol information or in GDB's handling of symbols.
4464
 
4465
`SYMBOL_LOC_CONST'
4466
     Value is constant int.
4467
 
4468
`SYMBOL_LOC_STATIC'
4469
     Value is at a fixed address.
4470
 
4471
`SYMBOL_LOC_REGISTER'
4472
     Value is in a register.
4473
 
4474
`SYMBOL_LOC_ARG'
4475
     Value is an argument.  This value is at the offset stored within
4476
     the symbol inside the frame's argument list.
4477
 
4478
`SYMBOL_LOC_REF_ARG'
4479
     Value address is stored in the frame's argument list.  Just like
4480
     `LOC_ARG' except that the value's address is stored at the offset,
4481
     not the value itself.
4482
 
4483
`SYMBOL_LOC_REGPARM_ADDR'
4484
     Value is a specified register.  Just like `LOC_REGISTER' except
4485
     the register holds the address of the argument instead of the
4486
     argument itself.
4487
 
4488
`SYMBOL_LOC_LOCAL'
4489
     Value is a local variable.
4490
 
4491
`SYMBOL_LOC_TYPEDEF'
4492
     Value not used.  Symbols in the domain `SYMBOL_STRUCT_DOMAIN' all
4493
     have this class.
4494
 
4495
`SYMBOL_LOC_BLOCK'
4496
     Value is a block.
4497
 
4498
`SYMBOL_LOC_CONST_BYTES'
4499
     Value is a byte-sequence.
4500
 
4501
`SYMBOL_LOC_UNRESOLVED'
4502
     Value is at a fixed address, but the address of the variable has
4503
     to be determined from the minimal symbol table whenever the
4504
     variable is referenced.
4505
 
4506
`SYMBOL_LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT'
4507
     The value does not actually exist in the program.
4508
 
4509
`SYMBOL_LOC_COMPUTED'
4510
     The value's address is a computed location.
4511
 
4512

4513
File: gdb.info,  Node: Symbol Tables In Python,  Next: Lazy Strings In Python,  Prev: Symbols In Python,  Up: Python API
4514
 
4515
23.2.2.18 Symbol table representation in Python.
4516
................................................
4517
 
4518
Access to symbol table data maintained by GDB on the inferior is
4519
exposed to Python via two objects: `gdb.Symtab_and_line' and
4520
`gdb.Symtab'.  Symbol table and line data for a frame is returned from
4521
the `find_sal' method in `gdb.Frame' object.  *Note Frames In Python::.
4522
 
4523 342 jeremybenn
   For more information on GDB's symbol table management, see *note
4524 330 jeremybenn
Examining the Symbol Table: Symbols, for more information.
4525
 
4526
   A `gdb.Symtab_and_line' object has the following attributes:
4527
 
4528
      -- Instance Variable of Symtab_and_line: symtab
4529
          The symbol table object (`gdb.Symtab') for this frame.  This
4530
          attribute is not writable.
4531
 
4532
      -- Instance Variable of Symtab_and_line: pc
4533
          Indicates the current program counter address.  This
4534
          attribute is not writable.
4535
 
4536
      -- Instance Variable of Symtab_and_line: line
4537
          Indicates the current line number for this object.  This
4538
          attribute is not writable.
4539
 
4540
   A `gdb.Symtab' object has the following attributes:
4541
 
4542
      -- Instance Variable of Symtab: filename
4543
          The symbol table's source filename.  This attribute is not
4544
          writable.
4545
 
4546
      -- Instance Variable of Symtab: objfile
4547
          The symbol table's backing object file.  *Note Objfiles In
4548
          Python::.  This attribute is not writable.
4549
 
4550
   The following methods are provided:
4551
 
4552
      -- Method on Symtab: fullname
4553
          Return the symbol table's source absolute file name.
4554
 
4555

4556
File: gdb.info,  Node: Breakpoints In Python,  Prev: Lazy Strings In Python,  Up: Python API
4557
 
4558
23.2.2.19 Manipulating breakpoints using Python
4559
...............................................
4560
 
4561
Python code can manipulate breakpoints via the `gdb.Breakpoint' class.
4562
 
4563
 -- Method on Breakpoint: __init__ spec [type] [wp_class]
4564
     Create a new breakpoint.  SPEC is a string naming the location of
4565
     the breakpoint, or an expression that defines a watchpoint.  The
4566
     contents can be any location recognized by the `break' command, or
4567
     in the case of a watchpoint, by the `watch' command.  The optional
4568
     TYPE denotes the breakpoint to create from the types defined later
4569
     in this chapter.  This argument can be either: `BP_BREAKPOINT' or
4570
     `BP_WATCHPOINT'.  TYPE defaults to `BP_BREAKPOINT'.  The optional
4571
     WP_CLASS argument defines the class of watchpoint to create, if
4572
     TYPE is defined as `BP_WATCHPOINT'.  If a watchpoint class is not
4573
     provided, it is assumed to be a WP_WRITE class.
4574
 
4575
   The available watchpoint types represented by constants are defined
4576
in the `gdb' module:
4577
 
4578
`WP_READ'
4579
     Read only watchpoint.
4580
 
4581
`WP_WRITE'
4582
     Write only watchpoint.
4583
 
4584
`WP_ACCESS'
4585
     Read/Write watchpoint.
4586
 
4587
 -- Method on Breakpoint: is_valid
4588
     Return `True' if this `Breakpoint' object is valid, `False'
4589
     otherwise.  A `Breakpoint' object can become invalid if the user
4590
     deletes the breakpoint.  In this case, the object still exists,
4591
     but the underlying breakpoint does not.  In the cases of
4592
     watchpoint scope, the watchpoint remains valid even if execution
4593
     of the inferior leaves the scope of that watchpoint.
4594
 
4595
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: enabled
4596
     This attribute is `True' if the breakpoint is enabled, and `False'
4597
     otherwise.  This attribute is writable.
4598
 
4599
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: silent
4600
     This attribute is `True' if the breakpoint is silent, and `False'
4601
     otherwise.  This attribute is writable.
4602
 
4603
     Note that a breakpoint can also be silent if it has commands and
4604
     the first command is `silent'.  This is not reported by the
4605
     `silent' attribute.
4606
 
4607
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: thread
4608
     If the breakpoint is thread-specific, this attribute holds the
4609
     thread id.  If the breakpoint is not thread-specific, this
4610
     attribute is `None'.  This attribute is writable.
4611
 
4612
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: task
4613
     If the breakpoint is Ada task-specific, this attribute holds the
4614
     Ada task id.  If the breakpoint is not task-specific (or the
4615
     underlying language is not Ada), this attribute is `None'.  This
4616
     attribute is writable.
4617
 
4618
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: ignore_count
4619
     This attribute holds the ignore count for the breakpoint, an
4620
     integer.  This attribute is writable.
4621
 
4622
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: number
4623
     This attribute holds the breakpoint's number -- the identifier
4624
     used by the user to manipulate the breakpoint.  This attribute is
4625
     not writable.
4626
 
4627
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: type
4628
     This attribute holds the breakpoint's type -- the identifier used
4629
     to determine the actual breakpoint type or use-case.  This
4630
     attribute is not writable.
4631
 
4632
   The available types are represented by constants defined in the `gdb'
4633
module:
4634
 
4635
`BP_BREAKPOINT'
4636
     Normal code breakpoint.
4637
 
4638
`BP_WATCHPOINT'
4639
     Watchpoint breakpoint.
4640
 
4641
`BP_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT'
4642
     Hardware assisted watchpoint.
4643
 
4644
`BP_READ_WATCHPOINT'
4645
     Hardware assisted read watchpoint.
4646
 
4647
`BP_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT'
4648
     Hardware assisted access watchpoint.
4649
 
4650
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: hit_count
4651
     This attribute holds the hit count for the breakpoint, an integer.
4652
     This attribute is writable, but currently it can only be set to
4653
     zero.
4654
 
4655
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: location
4656
     This attribute holds the location of the breakpoint, as specified
4657
     by the user.  It is a string.  If the breakpoint does not have a
4658
     location (that is, it is a watchpoint) the attribute's value is
4659
     `None'.  This attribute is not writable.
4660
 
4661
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: expression
4662
     This attribute holds a breakpoint expression, as specified by the
4663
     user.  It is a string.  If the breakpoint does not have an
4664
     expression (the breakpoint is not a watchpoint) the attribute's
4665
     value is `None'.  This attribute is not writable.
4666
 
4667
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: condition
4668
     This attribute holds the condition of the breakpoint, as specified
4669
     by the user.  It is a string.  If there is no condition, this
4670
     attribute's value is `None'.  This attribute is writable.
4671
 
4672
 -- Instance Variable of Breakpoint: commands
4673
     This attribute holds the commands attached to the breakpoint.  If
4674
     there are commands, this attribute's value is a string holding all
4675
     the commands, separated by newlines.  If there are no commands,
4676
     this attribute is `None'.  This attribute is not writable.
4677
 
4678

4679
File: gdb.info,  Node: Lazy Strings In Python,  Next: Breakpoints In Python,  Prev: Symbol Tables In Python,  Up: Python API
4680
 
4681
23.2.2.20 Python representation of lazy strings.
4682
................................................
4683
 
4684
A "lazy string" is a string whose contents is not retrieved or encoded
4685
until it is needed.
4686
 
4687
   A `gdb.LazyString' is represented in GDB as an `address' that points
4688
to a region of memory, an `encoding' that will be used to encode that
4689
region of memory, and a `length' to delimit the region of memory that
4690
represents the string.  The difference between a `gdb.LazyString' and a
4691
string wrapped within a `gdb.Value' is that a `gdb.LazyString' will be
4692
treated differently by GDB when printing.  A `gdb.LazyString' is
4693
retrieved and encoded during printing, while a `gdb.Value' wrapping a
4694
string is immediately retrieved and encoded on creation.
4695
 
4696
   A `gdb.LazyString' object has the following functions:
4697
 
4698
 -- Method on LazyString: value
4699
     Convert the `gdb.LazyString' to a `gdb.Value'.  This value will
4700
     point to the string in memory, but will lose all the delayed
4701
     retrieval, encoding and handling that GDB applies to a
4702
     `gdb.LazyString'.
4703
 
4704
 -- Instance Variable of LazyString: address
4705
     This attribute holds the address of the string.  This attribute is
4706
     not writable.
4707
 
4708
 -- Instance Variable of LazyString: length
4709
     This attribute holds the length of the string in characters.  If
4710
     the length is -1, then the string will be fetched and encoded up
4711
     to the first null of appropriate width.  This attribute is not
4712
     writable.
4713
 
4714
 -- Instance Variable of LazyString: encoding
4715
     This attribute holds the encoding that will be applied to the
4716
     string when the string is printed by GDB.  If the encoding is not
4717
     set, or contains an empty string,  then GDB will select the most
4718
     appropriate encoding when the string is printed.  This attribute
4719
     is not writable.
4720
 
4721
 -- Instance Variable of LazyString: type
4722
     This attribute holds the type that is represented by the lazy
4723
     string's type.  For a lazy string this will always be a pointer
4724
     type.  To resolve this to the lazy string's character type, use
4725
     the type's `target' method.  *Note Types In Python::.  This
4726
     attribute is not writable.
4727
 
4728

4729
File: gdb.info,  Node: Auto-loading,  Prev: Python API,  Up: Python
4730
 
4731
23.2.3 Auto-loading
4732
-------------------
4733
 
4734
When a new object file is read (for example, due to the `file' command,
4735
or because the inferior has loaded a shared library), GDB will look for
4736
Python support scripts in several ways: `OBJFILE-gdb.py' and
4737
`.debug_gdb_scripts' section.
4738
 
4739
* Menu:
4740
 
4741
* objfile-gdb.py file::         The `OBJFILE-gdb.py' file
4742
* .debug_gdb_scripts section::  The `.debug_gdb_scripts' section
4743
* Which flavor to choose?::
4744
 
4745
   The auto-loading feature is useful for supplying application-specific
4746
debugging commands and scripts.
4747
 
4748
   Auto-loading can be enabled or disabled.
4749
 
4750
`maint set python auto-load [yes|no]'
4751
     Enable or disable the Python auto-loading feature.
4752
 
4753
`maint show python auto-load'
4754
     Show whether Python auto-loading is enabled or disabled.
4755
 
4756
   When reading an auto-loaded file, GDB sets the "current objfile".
4757
This is available via the `gdb.current_objfile' function (*note
4758
Objfiles In Python::).  This can be useful for registering
4759
objfile-specific pretty-printers.
4760
 
4761

4762
File: gdb.info,  Node: objfile-gdb.py file,  Next: .debug_gdb_scripts section,  Up: Auto-loading
4763
 
4764
23.2.3.1 The `OBJFILE-gdb.py' file
4765
..................................
4766
 
4767
When a new object file is read, GDB looks for a file named
4768
`OBJFILE-gdb.py', where OBJFILE is the object file's real name, formed
4769
by ensuring that the file name is absolute, following all symlinks, and
4770
resolving `.' and `..' components.  If this file exists and is
4771
readable, GDB will evaluate it as a Python script.
4772
 
4773
   If this file does not exist, and if the parameter
4774
`debug-file-directory' is set (*note Separate Debug Files::), then GDB
4775
will look for REAL-NAME in all of the directories mentioned in the
4776
value of `debug-file-directory'.
4777
 
4778
   Finally, if this file does not exist, then GDB will look for a file
4779
named `DATA-DIRECTORY/python/auto-load/REAL-NAME', where DATA-DIRECTORY
4780
is GDB's data directory (available via `show data-directory', *note
4781
Data Files::), and REAL-NAME is the object file's real name, as
4782
described above.
4783
 
4784
   GDB does not track which files it has already auto-loaded this way.
4785
GDB will load the associated script every time the corresponding
4786
OBJFILE is opened.  So your `-gdb.py' file should be careful to avoid
4787
errors if it is evaluated more than once.
4788
 
4789

4790
File: gdb.info,  Node: .debug_gdb_scripts section,  Next: Which flavor to choose?,  Prev: objfile-gdb.py file,  Up: Auto-loading
4791
 
4792
23.2.3.2 The `.debug_gdb_scripts' section
4793
.........................................
4794
 
4795
For systems using file formats like ELF and COFF, when GDB loads a new
4796
object file it will look for a special section named
4797
`.debug_gdb_scripts'.  If this section exists, its contents is a list
4798
of names of scripts to load.
4799
 
4800
   GDB will look for each specified script file first in the current
4801
directory and then along the source search path (*note Specifying
4802
Source Directories: Source Path.), except that `$cdir' is not searched,
4803
since the compilation directory is not relevant to scripts.
4804
 
4805
   Entries can be placed in section `.debug_gdb_scripts' with, for
4806
example, this GCC macro:
4807
 
4808
     /* Note: The "MS" section flags are to remove duplicates.  */
4809
     #define DEFINE_GDB_SCRIPT(script_name) \
4810
       asm("\
4811
     .pushsection \".debug_gdb_scripts\", \"MS\",@progbits,1\n\
4812
     .byte 1\n\
4813
     .asciz \"" script_name "\"\n\
4814
     .popsection \n\
4815
     ");
4816
 
4817
Then one can reference the macro in a header or source file like this:
4818
 
4819
     DEFINE_GDB_SCRIPT ("my-app-scripts.py")
4820
 
4821
   The script name may include directories if desired.
4822
 
4823
   If the macro is put in a header, any application or library using
4824
this header will get a reference to the specified script.
4825
 
4826

4827
File: gdb.info,  Node: Which flavor to choose?,  Prev: .debug_gdb_scripts section,  Up: Auto-loading
4828
 
4829
23.2.3.3 Which flavor to choose?
4830
................................
4831
 
4832
Given the multiple ways of auto-loading Python scripts, it might not
4833
always be clear which one to choose.  This section provides some
4834
guidance.
4835
 
4836
   Benefits of the `-gdb.py' way:
4837
 
4838
   * Can be used with file formats that don't support multiple sections.
4839
 
4840
   * Ease of finding scripts for public libraries.
4841
 
4842
     Scripts specified in the `.debug_gdb_scripts' section are searched
4843
     for in the source search path.  For publicly installed libraries,
4844
     e.g., `libstdc++', there typically isn't a source directory in
4845
     which to find the script.
4846
 
4847
   * Doesn't require source code additions.
4848
 
4849
   Benefits of the `.debug_gdb_scripts' way:
4850
 
4851
   * Works with static linking.
4852
 
4853
     Scripts for libraries done the `-gdb.py' way require an objfile to
4854
     trigger their loading.  When an application is statically linked
4855
     the only objfile available is the executable, and it is cumbersome
4856
     to attach all the scripts from all the input libraries to the
4857
     executable's `-gdb.py' script.
4858
 
4859
   * Works with classes that are entirely inlined.
4860
 
4861
     Some classes can be entirely inlined, and thus there may not be an
4862
     associated shared library to attach a `-gdb.py' script to.
4863
 
4864
   * Scripts needn't be copied out of the source tree.
4865
 
4866
     In some circumstances, apps can be built out of large collections
4867
     of internal libraries, and the build infrastructure necessary to
4868
     install the `-gdb.py' scripts in a place where GDB can find them is
4869
     cumbersome.  It may be easier to specify the scripts in the
4870
     `.debug_gdb_scripts' section as relative paths, and add a path to
4871
     the top of the source tree to the source search path.
4872
 
4873

4874
File: gdb.info,  Node: Interpreters,  Next: TUI,  Prev: Extending GDB,  Up: Top
4875
 
4876
24 Command Interpreters
4877
***********************
4878
 
4879
GDB supports multiple command interpreters, and some command
4880
infrastructure to allow users or user interface writers to switch
4881
between interpreters or run commands in other interpreters.
4882
 
4883
   GDB currently supports two command interpreters, the console
4884
interpreter (sometimes called the command-line interpreter or CLI) and
4885
the machine interface interpreter (or GDB/MI).  This manual describes
4886
both of these interfaces in great detail.
4887
 
4888
   By default, GDB will start with the console interpreter.  However,
4889
the user may choose to start GDB with another interpreter by specifying
4890
the `-i' or `--interpreter' startup options.  Defined interpreters
4891
include:
4892
 
4893
`console'
4894
     The traditional console or command-line interpreter.  This is the
4895
     most often used interpreter with GDB. With no interpreter
4896
     specified at runtime, GDB will use this interpreter.
4897
 
4898
`mi'
4899
     The newest GDB/MI interface (currently `mi2').  Used primarily by
4900
     programs wishing to use GDB as a backend for a debugger GUI or an
4901 342 jeremybenn
     IDE.  For more information, see *note The GDB/MI Interface: GDB/MI.
4902 330 jeremybenn
 
4903
`mi2'
4904
     The current GDB/MI interface.
4905
 
4906
`mi1'
4907
     The GDB/MI interface included in GDB 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3.
4908
 
4909
 
4910
   The interpreter being used by GDB may not be dynamically switched at
4911
runtime.  Although possible, this could lead to a very precarious
4912
situation.  Consider an IDE using GDB/MI.  If a user enters the command
4913
"interpreter-set console" in a console view, GDB would switch to using
4914
the console interpreter, rendering the IDE inoperable!
4915
 
4916
   Although you may only choose a single interpreter at startup, you
4917
may execute commands in any interpreter from the current interpreter
4918
using the appropriate command.  If you are running the console
4919
interpreter, simply use the `interpreter-exec' command:
4920
 
4921
     interpreter-exec mi "-data-list-register-names"
4922
 
4923
   GDB/MI has a similar command, although it is only available in
4924
versions of GDB which support GDB/MI version 2 (or greater).
4925
 
4926

4927
File: gdb.info,  Node: TUI,  Next: Emacs,  Prev: Interpreters,  Up: Top
4928
 
4929
25 GDB Text User Interface
4930
**************************
4931
 
4932
* Menu:
4933
 
4934
* TUI Overview::                TUI overview
4935
* TUI Keys::                    TUI key bindings
4936
* TUI Single Key Mode::         TUI single key mode
4937
* TUI Commands::                TUI-specific commands
4938
* TUI Configuration::           TUI configuration variables
4939
 
4940
   The GDB Text User Interface (TUI) is a terminal interface which uses
4941
the `curses' library to show the source file, the assembly output, the
4942
program registers and GDB commands in separate text windows.  The TUI
4943
mode is supported only on platforms where a suitable version of the
4944
`curses' library is available.
4945
 
4946
   The TUI mode is enabled by default when you invoke GDB as either
4947
`gdbtui' or `gdb -tui'.  You can also switch in and out of TUI mode
4948
while GDB runs by using various TUI commands and key bindings, such as
4949
`C-x C-a'.  *Note TUI Key Bindings: TUI Keys.
4950
 
4951

4952
File: gdb.info,  Node: TUI Overview,  Next: TUI Keys,  Up: TUI
4953
 
4954
25.1 TUI Overview
4955
=================
4956
 
4957
In TUI mode, GDB can display several text windows:
4958
 
4959
_command_
4960
     This window is the GDB command window with the GDB prompt and the
4961
     GDB output.  The GDB input is still managed using readline.
4962
 
4963
_source_
4964
     The source window shows the source file of the program.  The
4965
     current line and active breakpoints are displayed in this window.
4966
 
4967
_assembly_
4968
     The assembly window shows the disassembly output of the program.
4969
 
4970
_register_
4971
     This window shows the processor registers.  Registers are
4972
     highlighted when their values change.
4973
 
4974
   The source and assembly windows show the current program position by
4975
highlighting the current line and marking it with a `>' marker.
4976
Breakpoints are indicated with two markers.  The first marker indicates
4977
the breakpoint type:
4978
 
4979
`B'
4980
     Breakpoint which was hit at least once.
4981
 
4982
`b'
4983
     Breakpoint which was never hit.
4984
 
4985
`H'
4986
     Hardware breakpoint which was hit at least once.
4987
 
4988
`h'
4989
     Hardware breakpoint which was never hit.
4990
 
4991
   The second marker indicates whether the breakpoint is enabled or not:
4992
 
4993
`+'
4994
     Breakpoint is enabled.
4995
 
4996
`-'
4997
     Breakpoint is disabled.
4998
 
4999
   The source, assembly and register windows are updated when the
5000
current thread changes, when the frame changes, or when the program
5001
counter changes.
5002
 
5003
   These windows are not all visible at the same time.  The command
5004
window is always visible.  The others can be arranged in several
5005
layouts:
5006
 
5007
   * source only,
5008
 
5009
   * assembly only,
5010
 
5011
   * source and assembly,
5012
 
5013
   * source and registers, or
5014
 
5015
   * assembly and registers.
5016
 
5017
   A status line above the command window shows the following
5018
information:
5019
 
5020
_target_
5021
     Indicates the current GDB target.  (*note Specifying a Debugging
5022
     Target: Targets.).
5023
 
5024
_process_
5025
     Gives the current process or thread number.  When no process is
5026
     being debugged, this field is set to `No process'.
5027
 
5028
_function_
5029
     Gives the current function name for the selected frame.  The name
5030
     is demangled if demangling is turned on (*note Print Settings::).
5031
     When there is no symbol corresponding to the current program
5032
     counter, the string `??' is displayed.
5033
 
5034
_line_
5035
     Indicates the current line number for the selected frame.  When
5036
     the current line number is not known, the string `??' is displayed.
5037
 
5038
_pc_
5039
     Indicates the current program counter address.
5040
 
5041

5042
File: gdb.info,  Node: TUI Keys,  Next: TUI Single Key Mode,  Prev: TUI Overview,  Up: TUI
5043
 
5044
25.2 TUI Key Bindings
5045
=====================
5046
 
5047
The TUI installs several key bindings in the readline keymaps (*note
5048
Command Line Editing::).  The following key bindings are installed for
5049
both TUI mode and the GDB standard mode.
5050
 
5051
`C-x C-a'
5052
`C-x a'
5053
`C-x A'
5054
     Enter or leave the TUI mode.  When leaving the TUI mode, the
5055
     curses window management stops and GDB operates using its standard
5056
     mode, writing on the terminal directly.  When reentering the TUI
5057
     mode, control is given back to the curses windows.  The screen is
5058
     then refreshed.
5059
 
5060
`C-x 1'
5061
     Use a TUI layout with only one window.  The layout will either be
5062
     `source' or `assembly'.  When the TUI mode is not active, it will
5063
     switch to the TUI mode.
5064
 
5065
     Think of this key binding as the Emacs `C-x 1' binding.
5066
 
5067
`C-x 2'
5068
     Use a TUI layout with at least two windows.  When the current
5069
     layout already has two windows, the next layout with two windows
5070
     is used.  When a new layout is chosen, one window will always be
5071
     common to the previous layout and the new one.
5072
 
5073
     Think of it as the Emacs `C-x 2' binding.
5074
 
5075
`C-x o'
5076
     Change the active window.  The TUI associates several key bindings
5077
     (like scrolling and arrow keys) with the active window.  This
5078
     command gives the focus to the next TUI window.
5079
 
5080
     Think of it as the Emacs `C-x o' binding.
5081
 
5082
`C-x s'
5083
     Switch in and out of the TUI SingleKey mode that binds single keys
5084
     to GDB commands (*note TUI Single Key Mode::).
5085
 
5086
   The following key bindings only work in the TUI mode:
5087
 
5088
5089
     Scroll the active window one page up.
5090
 
5091
5092
     Scroll the active window one page down.
5093
 
5094
5095
     Scroll the active window one line up.
5096
 
5097
5098
     Scroll the active window one line down.
5099
 
5100
5101
     Scroll the active window one column left.
5102
 
5103
5104
     Scroll the active window one column right.
5105
 
5106
`C-L'
5107
     Refresh the screen.
5108
 
5109
   Because the arrow keys scroll the active window in the TUI mode, they
5110
are not available for their normal use by readline unless the command
5111
window has the focus.  When another window is active, you must use
5112
other readline key bindings such as `C-p', `C-n', `C-b' and `C-f' to
5113
control the command window.
5114
 
5115

5116
File: gdb.info,  Node: TUI Single Key Mode,  Next: TUI Commands,  Prev: TUI Keys,  Up: TUI
5117
 
5118
25.3 TUI Single Key Mode
5119
========================
5120
 
5121
The TUI also provides a "SingleKey" mode, which binds several
5122
frequently used GDB commands to single keys.  Type `C-x s' to switch
5123
into this mode, where the following key bindings are used:
5124
 
5125
`c'
5126
     continue
5127
 
5128
`d'
5129
     down
5130
 
5131
`f'
5132
     finish
5133
 
5134
`n'
5135
     next
5136
 
5137
`q'
5138
     exit the SingleKey mode.
5139
 
5140
`r'
5141
     run
5142
 
5143
`s'
5144
     step
5145
 
5146
`u'
5147
     up
5148
 
5149
`v'
5150
     info locals
5151
 
5152
`w'
5153
     where
5154
 
5155
   Other keys temporarily switch to the GDB command prompt.  The key
5156
that was pressed is inserted in the editing buffer so that it is
5157
possible to type most GDB commands without interaction with the TUI
5158
SingleKey mode.  Once the command is entered the TUI SingleKey mode is
5159
restored.  The only way to permanently leave this mode is by typing `q'
5160
or `C-x s'.
5161
 
5162

5163
File: gdb.info,  Node: TUI Commands,  Next: TUI Configuration,  Prev: TUI Single Key Mode,  Up: TUI
5164
 
5165
25.4 TUI-specific Commands
5166
==========================
5167
 
5168
The TUI has specific commands to control the text windows.  These
5169
commands are always available, even when GDB is not in the TUI mode.
5170
When GDB is in the standard mode, most of these commands will
5171
automatically switch to the TUI mode.
5172
 
5173
   Note that if GDB's `stdout' is not connected to a terminal, or GDB
5174
has been started with the machine interface interpreter (*note The
5175
GDB/MI Interface: GDB/MI.), most of these commands will fail with an
5176
error, because it would not be possible or desirable to enable curses
5177
window management.
5178
 
5179
`info win'
5180
     List and give the size of all displayed windows.
5181
 
5182
`layout next'
5183
     Display the next layout.
5184
 
5185
`layout prev'
5186
     Display the previous layout.
5187
 
5188
`layout src'
5189
     Display the source window only.
5190
 
5191
`layout asm'
5192
     Display the assembly window only.
5193
 
5194
`layout split'
5195
     Display the source and assembly window.
5196
 
5197
`layout regs'
5198
     Display the register window together with the source or assembly
5199
     window.
5200
 
5201
`focus next'
5202
     Make the next window active for scrolling.
5203
 
5204
`focus prev'
5205
     Make the previous window active for scrolling.
5206
 
5207
`focus src'
5208
     Make the source window active for scrolling.
5209
 
5210
`focus asm'
5211
     Make the assembly window active for scrolling.
5212
 
5213
`focus regs'
5214
     Make the register window active for scrolling.
5215
 
5216
`focus cmd'
5217
     Make the command window active for scrolling.
5218
 
5219
`refresh'
5220
     Refresh the screen.  This is similar to typing `C-L'.
5221
 
5222
`tui reg float'
5223
     Show the floating point registers in the register window.
5224
 
5225
`tui reg general'
5226
     Show the general registers in the register window.
5227
 
5228
`tui reg next'
5229
     Show the next register group.  The list of register groups as well
5230
     as their order is target specific.  The predefined register groups
5231
     are the following: `general', `float', `system', `vector', `all',
5232
     `save', `restore'.
5233
 
5234
`tui reg system'
5235
     Show the system registers in the register window.
5236
 
5237
`update'
5238
     Update the source window and the current execution point.
5239
 
5240
`winheight NAME +COUNT'
5241
`winheight NAME -COUNT'
5242
     Change the height of the window NAME by COUNT lines.  Positive
5243
     counts increase the height, while negative counts decrease it.
5244
 
5245
`tabset NCHARS'
5246
     Set the width of tab stops to be NCHARS characters.
5247
 
5248

5249
File: gdb.info,  Node: TUI Configuration,  Prev: TUI Commands,  Up: TUI
5250
 
5251
25.5 TUI Configuration Variables
5252
================================
5253
 
5254
Several configuration variables control the appearance of TUI windows.
5255
 
5256
`set tui border-kind KIND'
5257
     Select the border appearance for the source, assembly and register
5258
     windows.  The possible values are the following:
5259
    `space'
5260
          Use a space character to draw the border.
5261
 
5262
    `ascii'
5263
          Use ASCII characters `+', `-' and `|' to draw the border.
5264
 
5265
    `acs'
5266
          Use the Alternate Character Set to draw the border.  The
5267
          border is drawn using character line graphics if the terminal
5268
          supports them.
5269
 
5270
`set tui border-mode MODE'
5271
`set tui active-border-mode MODE'
5272
     Select the display attributes for the borders of the inactive
5273
     windows or the active window.  The MODE can be one of the
5274
     following:
5275
    `normal'
5276
          Use normal attributes to display the border.
5277
 
5278
    `standout'
5279
          Use standout mode.
5280
 
5281
    `reverse'
5282
          Use reverse video mode.
5283
 
5284
    `half'
5285
          Use half bright mode.
5286
 
5287
    `half-standout'
5288
          Use half bright and standout mode.
5289
 
5290
    `bold'
5291
          Use extra bright or bold mode.
5292
 
5293
    `bold-standout'
5294
          Use extra bright or bold and standout mode.
5295
 
5296

5297
File: gdb.info,  Node: Emacs,  Next: GDB/MI,  Prev: TUI,  Up: Top
5298
 
5299
26 Using GDB under GNU Emacs
5300
****************************
5301
 
5302
A special interface allows you to use GNU Emacs to view (and edit) the
5303
source files for the program you are debugging with GDB.
5304
 
5305
   To use this interface, use the command `M-x gdb' in Emacs.  Give the
5306
executable file you want to debug as an argument.  This command starts
5307
GDB as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly
5308
created Emacs buffer.
5309
 
5310
   Running GDB under Emacs can be just like running GDB normally except
5311
for two things:
5312
 
5313
   * All "terminal" input and output goes through an Emacs buffer,
5314
     called the GUD buffer.
5315
 
5316
     This applies both to GDB commands and their output, and to the
5317
     input and output done by the program you are debugging.
5318
 
5319
     This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of
5320
     previous commands and input them again; you can even use parts of
5321
     the output in this way.
5322
 
5323
     All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for
5324
     interacting with your program.  In particular, you can send
5325
     signals the usual way--for example, `C-c C-c' for an interrupt,
5326
     `C-c C-z' for a stop.
5327
 
5328
   * GDB displays source code through Emacs.
5329
 
5330
     Each time GDB displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the
5331
     source file for that frame and puts an arrow (`=>') at the left
5332
     margin of the current line.  Emacs uses a separate buffer for
5333
     source display, and splits the screen to show both your GDB session
5334
     and the source.
5335
 
5336
     Explicit GDB `list' or search commands still produce output as
5337
     usual, but you probably have no reason to use them from Emacs.
5338
 
5339
   We call this "text command mode".  Emacs 22.1, and later, also uses
5340
a graphical mode, enabled by default, which provides further buffers
5341
that can control the execution and describe the state of your program.
5342
*Note GDB Graphical Interface: (Emacs)GDB Graphical Interface.
5343
 
5344
   If you specify an absolute file name when prompted for the `M-x gdb'
5345
argument, then Emacs sets your current working directory to where your
5346
program resides.  If you only specify the file name, then Emacs sets
5347
your current working directory to to the directory associated with the
5348
previous buffer.  In this case, GDB may find your program by searching
5349
your environment's `PATH' variable, but on some operating systems it
5350
might not find the source.  So, although the GDB input and output
5351
session proceeds normally, the auxiliary buffer does not display the
5352
current source and line of execution.
5353
 
5354
   The initial working directory of GDB is printed on the top line of
5355
the GUD buffer and this serves as a default for the commands that
5356
specify files for GDB to operate on.  *Note Commands to Specify Files:
5357
Files.
5358
 
5359
   By default, `M-x gdb' calls the program called `gdb'.  If you need
5360
to call GDB by a different name (for example, if you keep several
5361
configurations around, with different names) you can customize the
5362
Emacs variable `gud-gdb-command-name' to run the one you want.
5363
 
5364
   In the GUD buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in
5365
addition to the standard Shell mode commands:
5366
 
5367
`C-h m'
5368
     Describe the features of Emacs' GUD Mode.
5369
 
5370
`C-c C-s'
5371
     Execute to another source line, like the GDB `step' command; also
5372
     update the display window to show the current file and location.
5373
 
5374
`C-c C-n'
5375
     Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function
5376
     calls, like the GDB `next' command.  Then update the display window
5377
     to show the current file and location.
5378
 
5379
`C-c C-i'
5380
     Execute one instruction, like the GDB `stepi' command; update
5381
     display window accordingly.
5382
 
5383
`C-c C-f'
5384
     Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the GDB
5385
     `finish' command.
5386
 
5387
`C-c C-r'
5388
     Continue execution of your program, like the GDB `continue'
5389
     command.
5390
 
5391
`C-c <'
5392
     Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument
5393
     (*note Numeric Arguments: (Emacs)Arguments.), like the GDB `up'
5394
     command.
5395
 
5396
`C-c >'
5397
     Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument,
5398
     like the GDB `down' command.
5399
 
5400
   In any source file, the Emacs command `C-x ' (`gud-break')
5401
tells GDB to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on.
5402
 
5403
   In text command mode, if you type `M-x speedbar', Emacs displays a
5404
separate frame which shows a backtrace when the GUD buffer is current.
5405
Move point to any frame in the stack and type  to make it become
5406
the current frame and display the associated source in the source
5407
buffer.  Alternatively, click `Mouse-2' to make the selected frame
5408
become the current one.  In graphical mode, the speedbar displays watch
5409
expressions.
5410
 
5411
   If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to
5412
get it back is to type the command `f' in the GDB buffer, to request a
5413
frame display; when you run under Emacs, this recreates the source
5414
buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current frame.
5415
 
5416
   The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers
5417
which are visiting the source files in the usual way.  You can edit the
5418
files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that GDB
5419
communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers.  If you add or delete
5420
lines from the text, the line numbers that GDB knows cease to
5421
correspond properly with the code.
5422
 
5423
   A more detailed description of Emacs' interaction with GDB is given
5424
in the Emacs manual (*note Debuggers: (Emacs)Debuggers.).
5425
 
5426

5427
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI,  Next: Annotations,  Prev: Emacs,  Up: Top
5428
 
5429
27 The GDB/MI Interface
5430
***********************
5431
 
5432
Function and Purpose
5433
====================
5434
 
5435
GDB/MI is a line based machine oriented text interface to GDB and is
5436
activated by specifying using the `--interpreter' command line option
5437
(*note Mode Options::).  It is specifically intended to support the
5438
development of systems which use the debugger as just one small
5439
component of a larger system.
5440
 
5441
   This chapter is a specification of the GDB/MI interface.  It is
5442
written in the form of a reference manual.
5443
 
5444
   Note that GDB/MI is still under construction, so some of the
5445
features described below are incomplete and subject to change (*note
5446
GDB/MI Development and Front Ends: GDB/MI Development and Front Ends.).
5447
 
5448
Notation and Terminology
5449
========================
5450
 
5451
This chapter uses the following notation:
5452
 
5453
   * `|' separates two alternatives.
5454
 
5455
   * `[ SOMETHING ]' indicates that SOMETHING is optional: it may or
5456
     may not be given.
5457
 
5458
   * `( GROUP )*' means that GROUP inside the parentheses may repeat
5459
     zero or more times.
5460
 
5461
   * `( GROUP )+' means that GROUP inside the parentheses may repeat
5462
     one or more times.
5463
 
5464
   * `"STRING"' means a literal STRING.
5465
 
5466
* Menu:
5467
 
5468
* GDB/MI General Design::
5469
* GDB/MI Command Syntax::
5470
* GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI::
5471
* GDB/MI Development and Front Ends::
5472
* GDB/MI Output Records::
5473
* GDB/MI Simple Examples::
5474
* GDB/MI Command Description Format::
5475
* GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands::
5476
* GDB/MI Program Context::
5477
* GDB/MI Thread Commands::
5478
* GDB/MI Program Execution::
5479
* GDB/MI Stack Manipulation::
5480
* GDB/MI Variable Objects::
5481
* GDB/MI Data Manipulation::
5482
* GDB/MI Tracepoint Commands::
5483
* GDB/MI Symbol Query::
5484
* GDB/MI File Commands::
5485
* GDB/MI Target Manipulation::
5486
* GDB/MI File Transfer Commands::
5487
* GDB/MI Miscellaneous Commands::
5488
 
5489

5490
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI General Design,  Next: GDB/MI Command Syntax,  Up: GDB/MI
5491
 
5492
27.1 GDB/MI General Design
5493
==========================
5494
 
5495
Interaction of a GDB/MI frontend with GDB involves three
5496
parts--commands sent to GDB, responses to those commands and
5497
notifications.  Each command results in exactly one response,
5498
indicating either successful completion of the command, or an error.
5499
For the commands that do not resume the target, the response contains
5500
the requested information.  For the commands that resume the target, the
5501
response only indicates whether the target was successfully resumed.
5502
Notifications is the mechanism for reporting changes in the state of the
5503
target, or in GDB state, that cannot conveniently be associated with a
5504
command and reported as part of that command response.
5505
 
5506
   The important examples of notifications are:
5507
   * Exec notifications.  These are used to report changes in target
5508
     state--when a target is resumed, or stopped.  It would not be
5509
     feasible to include this information in response of resuming
5510
     commands, because one resume commands can result in multiple
5511
     events in different threads.  Also, quite some time may pass
5512
     before any event happens in the target, while a frontend needs to
5513
     know whether the resuming command itself was successfully executed.
5514
 
5515
   * Console output, and status notifications.  Console output
5516
     notifications are used to report output of CLI commands, as well as
5517
     diagnostics for other commands.  Status notifications are used to
5518
     report the progress of a long-running operation.  Naturally,
5519
     including this information in command response would mean no
5520
     output is produced until the command is finished, which is
5521
     undesirable.
5522
 
5523
   * General notifications.  Commands may have various side effects on
5524
     the GDB or target state beyond their official purpose.  For
5525
     example, a command may change the selected thread.  Although such
5526
     changes can be included in command response, using notification
5527
     allows for more orthogonal frontend design.
5528
 
5529
 
5530
   There's no guarantee that whenever an MI command reports an error,
5531
GDB or the target are in any specific state, and especially, the state
5532
is not reverted to the state before the MI command was processed.
5533
Therefore, whenever an MI command results in an error, we recommend
5534
that the frontend refreshes all the information shown in the user
5535
interface.
5536
 
5537
* Menu:
5538
 
5539
* Context management::
5540
* Asynchronous and non-stop modes::
5541
* Thread groups::
5542
 
5543

5544
File: gdb.info,  Node: Context management,  Next: Asynchronous and non-stop modes,  Up: GDB/MI General Design
5545
 
5546
27.1.1 Context management
5547
-------------------------
5548
 
5549
In most cases when GDB accesses the target, this access is done in
5550
context of a specific thread and frame (*note Frames::).  Often, even
5551
when accessing global data, the target requires that a thread be
5552
specified.  The CLI interface maintains the selected thread and frame,
5553
and supplies them to target on each command.  This is convenient,
5554
because a command line user would not want to specify that information
5555
explicitly on each command, and because user interacts with GDB via a
5556
single terminal, so no confusion is possible as to what thread and
5557
frame are the current ones.
5558
 
5559
   In the case of MI, the concept of selected thread and frame is less
5560
useful.  First, a frontend can easily remember this information itself.
5561
Second, a graphical frontend can have more than one window, each one
5562
used for debugging a different thread, and the frontend might want to
5563
access additional threads for internal purposes.  This increases the
5564
risk that by relying on implicitly selected thread, the frontend may be
5565
operating on a wrong one.  Therefore, each MI command should explicitly
5566
specify which thread and frame to operate on.  To make it possible,
5567
each MI command accepts the `--thread' and `--frame' options, the value
5568
to each is GDB identifier for thread and frame to operate on.
5569
 
5570
   Usually, each top-level window in a frontend allows the user to
5571
select a thread and a frame, and remembers the user selection for
5572
further operations.  However, in some cases GDB may suggest that the
5573
current thread be changed.  For example, when stopping on a breakpoint
5574
it is reasonable to switch to the thread where breakpoint is hit.  For
5575
another example, if the user issues the CLI `thread' command via the
5576
frontend, it is desirable to change the frontend's selected thread to
5577
the one specified by user.  GDB communicates the suggestion to change
5578
current thread using the `=thread-selected' notification.  No such
5579
notification is available for the selected frame at the moment.
5580
 
5581
   Note that historically, MI shares the selected thread with CLI, so
5582
frontends used the `-thread-select' to execute commands in the right
5583
context.  However, getting this to work right is cumbersome.  The
5584
simplest way is for frontend to emit `-thread-select' command before
5585
every command.  This doubles the number of commands that need to be
5586
sent.  The alternative approach is to suppress `-thread-select' if the
5587
selected thread in GDB is supposed to be identical to the thread the
5588
frontend wants to operate on.  However, getting this optimization right
5589
can be tricky.  In particular, if the frontend sends several commands
5590
to GDB, and one of the commands changes the selected thread, then the
5591
behaviour of subsequent commands will change.  So, a frontend should
5592
either wait for response from such problematic commands, or explicitly
5593
add `-thread-select' for all subsequent commands.  No frontend is known
5594
to do this exactly right, so it is suggested to just always pass the
5595
`--thread' and `--frame' options.
5596
 
5597

5598
File: gdb.info,  Node: Asynchronous and non-stop modes,  Next: Thread groups,  Prev: Context management,  Up: GDB/MI General Design
5599
 
5600
27.1.2 Asynchronous command execution and non-stop mode
5601
-------------------------------------------------------
5602
 
5603
On some targets, GDB is capable of processing MI commands even while
5604
the target is running.  This is called "asynchronous command execution"
5605
(*note Background Execution::).  The frontend may specify a preferrence
5606
for asynchronous execution using the `-gdb-set target-async 1' command,
5607
which should be emitted before either running the executable or
5608
attaching to the target.  After the frontend has started the executable
5609
or attached to the target, it can find if asynchronous execution is
5610
enabled using the `-list-target-features' command.
5611
 
5612
   Even if GDB can accept a command while target is running, many
5613
commands that access the target do not work when the target is running.
5614
Therefore, asynchronous command execution is most useful when combined
5615
with non-stop mode (*note Non-Stop Mode::).  Then, it is possible to
5616
examine the state of one thread, while other threads are running.
5617
 
5618
   When a given thread is running, MI commands that try to access the
5619
target in the context of that thread may not work, or may work only on
5620
some targets.  In particular, commands that try to operate on thread's
5621
stack will not work, on any target.  Commands that read memory, or
5622
modify breakpoints, may work or not work, depending on the target.  Note
5623
that even commands that operate on global state, such as `print',
5624
`set', and breakpoint commands, still access the target in the context
5625
of a specific thread,  so frontend should try to find a stopped thread
5626
and perform the operation on that thread (using the `--thread' option).
5627
 
5628
   Which commands will work in the context of a running thread is
5629
highly target dependent.  However, the two commands `-exec-interrupt',
5630
to stop a thread, and `-thread-info', to find the state of a thread,
5631
will always work.
5632
 
5633

5634
File: gdb.info,  Node: Thread groups,  Prev: Asynchronous and non-stop modes,  Up: GDB/MI General Design
5635
 
5636
27.1.3 Thread groups
5637
--------------------
5638
 
5639
GDB may be used to debug several processes at the same time.  On some
5640
platfroms, GDB may support debugging of several hardware systems, each
5641
one having several cores with several different processes running on
5642
each core.  This section describes the MI mechanism to support such
5643
debugging scenarios.
5644
 
5645
   The key observation is that regardless of the structure of the
5646
target, MI can have a global list of threads, because most commands that
5647
accept the `--thread' option do not need to know what process that
5648
thread belongs to.  Therefore, it is not necessary to introduce neither
5649
additional `--process' option, nor an notion of the current process in
5650
the MI interface.  The only strictly new feature that is required is
5651
the ability to find how the threads are grouped into processes.
5652
 
5653
   To allow the user to discover such grouping, and to support arbitrary
5654
hierarchy of machines/cores/processes, MI introduces the concept of a
5655
"thread group".  Thread group is a collection of threads and other
5656
thread groups.  A thread group always has a string identifier, a type,
5657
and may have additional attributes specific to the type.  A new
5658
command, `-list-thread-groups', returns the list of top-level thread
5659
groups, which correspond to processes that GDB is debugging at the
5660
moment.  By passing an identifier of a thread group to the
5661
`-list-thread-groups' command, it is possible to obtain the members of
5662
specific thread group.
5663
 
5664
   To allow the user to easily discover processes, and other objects, he
5665
wishes to debug, a concept of "available thread group" is introduced.
5666
Available thread group is an thread group that GDB is not debugging,
5667
but that can be attached to, using the `-target-attach' command.  The
5668
list of available top-level thread groups can be obtained using
5669
`-list-thread-groups --available'.  In general, the content of a thread
5670
group may be only retrieved only after attaching to that thread group.
5671
 
5672
   Thread groups are related to inferiors (*note Inferiors and
5673
Programs::).  Each inferior corresponds to a thread group of a special
5674
type `process', and some additional operations are permitted on such
5675
thread groups.
5676
 
5677

5678
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Command Syntax,  Next: GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI,  Prev: GDB/MI General Design,  Up: GDB/MI
5679
 
5680
27.2 GDB/MI Command Syntax
5681
==========================
5682
 
5683
* Menu:
5684
 
5685
* GDB/MI Input Syntax::
5686
* GDB/MI Output Syntax::
5687
 
5688

5689
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Input Syntax,  Next: GDB/MI Output Syntax,  Up: GDB/MI Command Syntax
5690
 
5691
27.2.1 GDB/MI Input Syntax
5692
--------------------------
5693
 
5694
`COMMAND ==>'
5695
     `CLI-COMMAND | MI-COMMAND'
5696
 
5697
`CLI-COMMAND ==>'
5698
     `[ TOKEN ] CLI-COMMAND NL', where CLI-COMMAND is any existing GDB
5699
     CLI command.
5700
 
5701
`MI-COMMAND ==>'
5702
     `[ TOKEN ] "-" OPERATION ( " " OPTION )* `[' " --" `]' ( " "
5703
     PARAMETER )* NL'
5704
 
5705
`TOKEN ==>'
5706
     "any sequence of digits"
5707
 
5708
`OPTION ==>'
5709
     `"-" PARAMETER [ " " PARAMETER ]'
5710
 
5711
`PARAMETER ==>'
5712
     `NON-BLANK-SEQUENCE | C-STRING'
5713
 
5714
`OPERATION ==>'
5715
     _any of the operations described in this chapter_
5716
 
5717
`NON-BLANK-SEQUENCE ==>'
5718
     _anything, provided it doesn't contain special characters such as
5719
     "-", NL, """ and of course " "_
5720
 
5721
`C-STRING ==>'
5722
     `""" SEVEN-BIT-ISO-C-STRING-CONTENT """'
5723
 
5724
`NL ==>'
5725
     `CR | CR-LF'
5726
 
5727
Notes:
5728
 
5729
   * The CLI commands are still handled by the MI interpreter; their
5730
     output is described below.
5731
 
5732
   * The `TOKEN', when present, is passed back when the command
5733
     finishes.
5734
 
5735
   * Some MI commands accept optional arguments as part of the parameter
5736
     list.  Each option is identified by a leading `-' (dash) and may be
5737
     followed by an optional argument parameter.  Options occur first
5738
     in the parameter list and can be delimited from normal parameters
5739
     using `--' (this is useful when some parameters begin with a dash).
5740
 
5741
   Pragmatics:
5742
 
5743
   * We want easy access to the existing CLI syntax (for debugging).
5744
 
5745
   * We want it to be easy to spot a MI operation.
5746
 
5747

5748
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Output Syntax,  Prev: GDB/MI Input Syntax,  Up: GDB/MI Command Syntax
5749
 
5750
27.2.2 GDB/MI Output Syntax
5751
---------------------------
5752
 
5753
The output from GDB/MI consists of zero or more out-of-band records
5754
followed, optionally, by a single result record.  This result record is
5755
for the most recent command.  The sequence of output records is
5756
terminated by `(gdb)'.
5757
 
5758
   If an input command was prefixed with a `TOKEN' then the
5759
corresponding output for that command will also be prefixed by that same
5760
TOKEN.
5761
 
5762
`OUTPUT ==>'
5763
     `( OUT-OF-BAND-RECORD )* [ RESULT-RECORD ] "(gdb)" NL'
5764
 
5765
`RESULT-RECORD ==>'
5766
     ` [ TOKEN ] "^" RESULT-CLASS ( "," RESULT )* NL'
5767
 
5768
`OUT-OF-BAND-RECORD ==>'
5769
     `ASYNC-RECORD | STREAM-RECORD'
5770
 
5771
`ASYNC-RECORD ==>'
5772
     `EXEC-ASYNC-OUTPUT | STATUS-ASYNC-OUTPUT | NOTIFY-ASYNC-OUTPUT'
5773
 
5774
`EXEC-ASYNC-OUTPUT ==>'
5775
     `[ TOKEN ] "*" ASYNC-OUTPUT'
5776
 
5777
`STATUS-ASYNC-OUTPUT ==>'
5778
     `[ TOKEN ] "+" ASYNC-OUTPUT'
5779
 
5780
`NOTIFY-ASYNC-OUTPUT ==>'
5781
     `[ TOKEN ] "=" ASYNC-OUTPUT'
5782
 
5783
`ASYNC-OUTPUT ==>'
5784
     `ASYNC-CLASS ( "," RESULT )* NL'
5785
 
5786
`RESULT-CLASS ==>'
5787
     `"done" | "running" | "connected" | "error" | "exit"'
5788
 
5789
`ASYNC-CLASS ==>'
5790
     `"stopped" | OTHERS' (where OTHERS will be added depending on the
5791
     needs--this is still in development).
5792
 
5793
`RESULT ==>'
5794
     ` VARIABLE "=" VALUE'
5795
 
5796
`VARIABLE ==>'
5797
     ` STRING '
5798
 
5799
`VALUE ==>'
5800
     ` CONST | TUPLE | LIST '
5801
 
5802
`CONST ==>'
5803
     `C-STRING'
5804
 
5805
`TUPLE ==>'
5806
     ` "{}" | "{" RESULT ( "," RESULT )* "}" '
5807
 
5808
`LIST ==>'
5809
     ` "[]" | "[" VALUE ( "," VALUE )* "]" | "[" RESULT ( "," RESULT )*
5810
     "]" '
5811
 
5812
`STREAM-RECORD ==>'
5813
     `CONSOLE-STREAM-OUTPUT | TARGET-STREAM-OUTPUT | LOG-STREAM-OUTPUT'
5814
 
5815
`CONSOLE-STREAM-OUTPUT ==>'
5816
     `"~" C-STRING'
5817
 
5818
`TARGET-STREAM-OUTPUT ==>'
5819
     `"@" C-STRING'
5820
 
5821
`LOG-STREAM-OUTPUT ==>'
5822
     `"&" C-STRING'
5823
 
5824
`NL ==>'
5825
     `CR | CR-LF'
5826
 
5827
`TOKEN ==>'
5828
     _any sequence of digits_.
5829
 
5830
Notes:
5831
 
5832
   * All output sequences end in a single line containing a period.
5833
 
5834
   * The `TOKEN' is from the corresponding request.  Note that for all
5835
     async output, while the token is allowed by the grammar and may be
5836
     output by future versions of GDB for select async output messages,
5837
     it is generally omitted.  Frontends should treat all async output
5838
     as reporting general changes in the state of the target and there
5839
     should be no need to associate async output to any prior command.
5840
 
5841
   * STATUS-ASYNC-OUTPUT contains on-going status information about the
5842
     progress of a slow operation.  It can be discarded.  All status
5843
     output is prefixed by `+'.
5844
 
5845
   * EXEC-ASYNC-OUTPUT contains asynchronous state change on the target
5846
     (stopped, started, disappeared).  All async output is prefixed by
5847
     `*'.
5848
 
5849
   * NOTIFY-ASYNC-OUTPUT contains supplementary information that the
5850
     client should handle (e.g., a new breakpoint information).  All
5851
     notify output is prefixed by `='.
5852
 
5853
   * CONSOLE-STREAM-OUTPUT is output that should be displayed as is in
5854
     the console.  It is the textual response to a CLI command.  All
5855
     the console output is prefixed by `~'.
5856
 
5857
   * TARGET-STREAM-OUTPUT is the output produced by the target program.
5858
     All the target output is prefixed by `@'.
5859
 
5860
   * LOG-STREAM-OUTPUT is output text coming from GDB's internals, for
5861
     instance messages that should be displayed as part of an error
5862
     log.  All the log output is prefixed by `&'.
5863
 
5864
   * New GDB/MI commands should only output LISTS containing VALUES.
5865
 
5866
 
5867
   *Note GDB/MI Stream Records: GDB/MI Stream Records, for more details
5868
about the various output records.
5869
 
5870

5871
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI,  Next: GDB/MI Development and Front Ends,  Prev: GDB/MI Command Syntax,  Up: GDB/MI
5872
 
5873
27.3 GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI
5874
==================================
5875
 
5876
For the developers convenience CLI commands can be entered directly,
5877
but there may be some unexpected behaviour.  For example, commands that
5878
query the user will behave as if the user replied yes, breakpoint
5879
command lists are not executed and some CLI commands, such as `if',
5880
`when' and `define', prompt for further input with `>', which is not
5881
valid MI output.
5882
 
5883
   This feature may be removed at some stage in the future and it is
5884
recommended that front ends use the `-interpreter-exec' command (*note
5885
-interpreter-exec::).
5886
 
5887

5888
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Development and Front Ends,  Next: GDB/MI Output Records,  Prev: GDB/MI Compatibility with CLI,  Up: GDB/MI
5889
 
5890
27.4 GDB/MI Development and Front Ends
5891
======================================
5892
 
5893
The application which takes the MI output and presents the state of the
5894
program being debugged to the user is called a "front end".
5895
 
5896
   Although GDB/MI is still incomplete, it is currently being used by a
5897
variety of front ends to GDB.  This makes it difficult to introduce new
5898
functionality without breaking existing usage.  This section tries to
5899
minimize the problems by describing how the protocol might change.
5900
 
5901
   Some changes in MI need not break a carefully designed front end, and
5902
for these the MI version will remain unchanged.  The following is a
5903
list of changes that may occur within one level, so front ends should
5904
parse MI output in a way that can handle them:
5905
 
5906
   * New MI commands may be added.
5907
 
5908
   * New fields may be added to the output of any MI command.
5909
 
5910
   * The range of values for fields with specified values, e.g.,
5911
     `in_scope' (*note -var-update::) may be extended.
5912
 
5913
 
5914
   If the changes are likely to break front ends, the MI version level
5915
will be increased by one.  This will allow the front end to parse the
5916
output according to the MI version.  Apart from mi0, new versions of
5917
GDB will not support old versions of MI and it will be the
5918
responsibility of the front end to work with the new one.
5919
 
5920
   The best way to avoid unexpected changes in MI that might break your
5921
front end is to make your project known to GDB developers and follow
5922
development on  and .
5923
 
5924

5925
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Output Records,  Next: GDB/MI Simple Examples,  Prev: GDB/MI Development and Front Ends,  Up: GDB/MI
5926
 
5927
27.5 GDB/MI Output Records
5928
==========================
5929
 
5930
* Menu:
5931
 
5932
* GDB/MI Result Records::
5933
* GDB/MI Stream Records::
5934
* GDB/MI Async Records::
5935
* GDB/MI Frame Information::
5936
* GDB/MI Thread Information::
5937
 
5938

5939
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Result Records,  Next: GDB/MI Stream Records,  Up: GDB/MI Output Records
5940
 
5941
27.5.1 GDB/MI Result Records
5942
----------------------------
5943
 
5944
In addition to a number of out-of-band notifications, the response to a
5945
GDB/MI command includes one of the following result indications:
5946
 
5947
`"^done" [ "," RESULTS ]'
5948
     The synchronous operation was successful, `RESULTS' are the return
5949
     values.
5950
 
5951
`"^running"'
5952
     This result record is equivalent to `^done'.  Historically, it was
5953
     output instead of `^done' if the command has resumed the target.
5954
     This behaviour is maintained for backward compatibility, but all
5955
     frontends should treat `^done' and `^running' identically and rely
5956
     on the `*running' output record to determine which threads are
5957
     resumed.
5958
 
5959
`"^connected"'
5960
     GDB has connected to a remote target.
5961
 
5962
`"^error" "," C-STRING'
5963
     The operation failed.  The `C-STRING' contains the corresponding
5964
     error message.
5965
 
5966
`"^exit"'
5967
     GDB has terminated.
5968
 
5969
 
5970

5971
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Stream Records,  Next: GDB/MI Async Records,  Prev: GDB/MI Result Records,  Up: GDB/MI Output Records
5972
 
5973
27.5.2 GDB/MI Stream Records
5974
----------------------------
5975
 
5976
GDB internally maintains a number of output streams: the console, the
5977
target, and the log.  The output intended for each of these streams is
5978
funneled through the GDB/MI interface using "stream records".
5979
 
5980
   Each stream record begins with a unique "prefix character" which
5981
identifies its stream (*note GDB/MI Output Syntax: GDB/MI Output
5982
Syntax.).  In addition to the prefix, each stream record contains a
5983
`STRING-OUTPUT'.  This is either raw text (with an implicit new line)
5984
or a quoted C string (which does not contain an implicit newline).
5985
 
5986
`"~" STRING-OUTPUT'
5987
     The console output stream contains text that should be displayed
5988
     in the CLI console window.  It contains the textual responses to
5989
     CLI commands.
5990
 
5991
`"@" STRING-OUTPUT'
5992
     The target output stream contains any textual output from the
5993
     running target.  This is only present when GDB's event loop is
5994
     truly asynchronous, which is currently only the case for remote
5995
     targets.
5996
 
5997
`"&" STRING-OUTPUT'
5998
     The log stream contains debugging messages being produced by GDB's
5999
     internals.
6000
 
6001

6002
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Async Records,  Next: GDB/MI Frame Information,  Prev: GDB/MI Stream Records,  Up: GDB/MI Output Records
6003
 
6004
27.5.3 GDB/MI Async Records
6005
---------------------------
6006
 
6007
"Async" records are used to notify the GDB/MI client of additional
6008
changes that have occurred.  Those changes can either be a consequence
6009
of GDB/MI commands (e.g., a breakpoint modified) or a result of target
6010
activity (e.g., target stopped).
6011
 
6012
   The following is the list of possible async records:
6013
 
6014
`*running,thread-id="THREAD"'
6015
     The target is now running.  The THREAD field tells which specific
6016
     thread is now running, and can be `all' if all threads are
6017
     running.  The frontend should assume that no interaction with a
6018
     running thread is possible after this notification is produced.
6019
     The frontend should not assume that this notification is output
6020
     only once for any command.  GDB may emit this notification several
6021
     times, either for different threads, because it cannot resume all
6022
     threads together, or even for a single thread, if the thread must
6023
     be stepped though some code before letting it run freely.
6024
 
6025
`*stopped,reason="REASON",thread-id="ID",stopped-threads="STOPPED",core="CORE"'
6026
     The target has stopped.  The REASON field can have one of the
6027
     following values:
6028
 
6029
    `breakpoint-hit'
6030
          A breakpoint was reached.
6031
 
6032
    `watchpoint-trigger'
6033
          A watchpoint was triggered.
6034
 
6035
    `read-watchpoint-trigger'
6036
          A read watchpoint was triggered.
6037
 
6038
    `access-watchpoint-trigger'
6039
          An access watchpoint was triggered.
6040
 
6041
    `function-finished'
6042
          An -exec-finish or similar CLI command was accomplished.
6043
 
6044
    `location-reached'
6045
          An -exec-until or similar CLI command was accomplished.
6046
 
6047
    `watchpoint-scope'
6048
          A watchpoint has gone out of scope.
6049
 
6050
    `end-stepping-range'
6051
          An -exec-next, -exec-next-instruction, -exec-step,
6052
          -exec-step-instruction or similar CLI command was
6053
          accomplished.
6054
 
6055
    `exited-signalled'
6056
          The inferior exited because of a signal.
6057
 
6058
    `exited'
6059
          The inferior exited.
6060
 
6061
    `exited-normally'
6062
          The inferior exited normally.
6063
 
6064
    `signal-received'
6065
          A signal was received by the inferior.
6066
 
6067
     The ID field identifies the thread that directly caused the stop -
6068
     for example by hitting a breakpoint.  Depending on whether all-stop
6069
     mode is in effect (*note All-Stop Mode::), GDB may either stop all
6070
     threads, or only the thread that directly triggered the stop.  If
6071
     all threads are stopped, the STOPPED field will have the value of
6072
     `"all"'.  Otherwise, the value of the STOPPED field will be a list
6073
     of thread identifiers.  Presently, this list will always include a
6074
     single thread, but frontend should be prepared to see several
6075
     threads in the list.  The CORE field reports the processor core on
6076
     which the stop event has happened.  This field may be absent if
6077
     such information is not available.
6078
 
6079
`=thread-group-added,id="ID"'
6080
`=thread-group-removed,id="ID"'
6081
     A thread group was either added or removed.  The ID field contains
6082
     the GDB identifier of the thread group.  When a thread group is
6083
     added, it generally might not be associated with a running
6084
     process.  When a thread group is removed, its id becomes invalid
6085
     and cannot be used in any way.
6086
 
6087
`=thread-group-started,id="ID",pid="PID"'
6088
     A thread group became associated with a running program, either
6089
     because the program was just started or the thread group was
6090
     attached to a program.  The ID field contains the GDB identifier
6091
     of the thread group.  The PID field contains process identifier,
6092
     specific to the operating system.
6093
 
6094
`=thread-group-exited,id="ID"'
6095
     A thread group is no longer associated with a running program,
6096
     either because the program has exited, or because it was detached
6097
     from.  The ID field contains the GDB identifier of the thread
6098
     group.
6099
 
6100
`=thread-created,id="ID",group-id="GID"'
6101
`=thread-exited,id="ID",group-id="GID"'
6102
     A thread either was created, or has exited.  The ID field contains
6103
     the GDB identifier of the thread.  The GID field identifies the
6104
     thread group this thread belongs to.
6105
 
6106
`=thread-selected,id="ID"'
6107
     Informs that the selected thread was changed as result of the last
6108
     command.  This notification is not emitted as result of
6109
     `-thread-select' command but is emitted whenever an MI command
6110
     that is not documented to change the selected thread actually
6111
     changes it.  In particular, invoking, directly or indirectly (via
6112
     user-defined command), the CLI `thread' command, will generate
6113
     this notification.
6114
 
6115
     We suggest that in response to this notification, front ends
6116
     highlight the selected thread and cause subsequent commands to
6117
     apply to that thread.
6118
 
6119
`=library-loaded,...'
6120
     Reports that a new library file was loaded by the program.  This
6121
     notification has 4 fields--ID, TARGET-NAME, HOST-NAME, and
6122
     SYMBOLS-LOADED.  The ID field is an opaque identifier of the
6123
     library.  For remote debugging case, TARGET-NAME and HOST-NAME
6124
     fields give the name of the library file on the target, and on the
6125
     host respectively.  For native debugging, both those fields have
6126
     the same value.  The SYMBOLS-LOADED field reports if the debug
6127
     symbols for this library are loaded.  The THREAD-GROUP field, if
6128
     present, specifies the id of the thread group in whose context the
6129
     library was loaded.  If the field is absent, it means the library
6130
     was loaded in the context of all present thread groups.
6131
 
6132
`=library-unloaded,...'
6133
     Reports that a library was unloaded by the program.  This
6134
     notification has 3 fields--ID, TARGET-NAME and HOST-NAME with the
6135
     same meaning as for the `=library-loaded' notification.  The
6136
     THREAD-GROUP field, if present, specifies the id of the thread
6137
     group in whose context the library was unloaded.  If the field is
6138
     absent, it means the library was unloaded in the context of all
6139
     present thread groups.
6140
 
6141
 
6142

6143
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Frame Information,  Next: GDB/MI Thread Information,  Prev: GDB/MI Async Records,  Up: GDB/MI Output Records
6144
 
6145
27.5.4 GDB/MI Frame Information
6146
-------------------------------
6147
 
6148
Response from many MI commands includes an information about stack
6149
frame.  This information is a tuple that may have the following fields:
6150
 
6151
`level'
6152
     The level of the stack frame.  The innermost frame has the level of
6153
     zero.  This field is always present.
6154
 
6155
`func'
6156
     The name of the function corresponding to the frame.  This field
6157
     may be absent if GDB is unable to determine the function name.
6158
 
6159
`addr'
6160
     The code address for the frame.  This field is always present.
6161
 
6162
`file'
6163
     The name of the source files that correspond to the frame's code
6164
     address.  This field may be absent.
6165
 
6166
`line'
6167
     The source line corresponding to the frames' code address.  This
6168
     field may be absent.
6169
 
6170
`from'
6171
     The name of the binary file (either executable or shared library)
6172
     the corresponds to the frame's code address.  This field may be
6173
     absent.
6174
 
6175
 
6176

6177
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Thread Information,  Prev: GDB/MI Frame Information,  Up: GDB/MI Output Records
6178
 
6179
27.5.5 GDB/MI Thread Information
6180
--------------------------------
6181
 
6182
Whenever GDB has to report an information about a thread, it uses a
6183
tuple with the following fields:
6184
 
6185
`id'
6186
     The numeric id assigned to the thread by GDB.  This field is
6187
     always present.
6188
 
6189
`target-id'
6190
     Target-specific string identifying the thread.  This field is
6191
     always present.
6192
 
6193
`details'
6194
     Additional information about the thread provided by the target.
6195
     It is supposed to be human-readable and not interpreted by the
6196
     frontend.  This field is optional.
6197
 
6198
`state'
6199
     Either `stopped' or `running', depending on whether the thread is
6200
     presently running.  This field is always present.
6201
 
6202
`core'
6203
     The value of this field is an integer number of the processor core
6204
     the thread was last seen on.  This field is optional.
6205
 
6206

6207
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Simple Examples,  Next: GDB/MI Command Description Format,  Prev: GDB/MI Output Records,  Up: GDB/MI
6208
 
6209
27.6 Simple Examples of GDB/MI Interaction
6210
==========================================
6211
 
6212
This subsection presents several simple examples of interaction using
6213
the GDB/MI interface.  In these examples, `->' means that the following
6214
line is passed to GDB/MI as input, while `<-' means the output received
6215
from GDB/MI.
6216
 
6217
   Note the line breaks shown in the examples are here only for
6218
readability, they don't appear in the real output.
6219
 
6220
Setting a Breakpoint
6221
--------------------
6222
 
6223
Setting a breakpoint generates synchronous output which contains
6224
detailed information of the breakpoint.
6225
 
6226
     -> -break-insert main
6227
     <- ^done,bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",
6228
         enabled="y",addr="0x08048564",func="main",file="myprog.c",
6229
         fullname="/home/nickrob/myprog.c",line="68",times="0"}
6230
     <- (gdb)
6231
 
6232
Program Execution
6233
-----------------
6234
 
6235
Program execution generates asynchronous records and MI gives the
6236
reason that execution stopped.
6237
 
6238
     -> -exec-run
6239
     <- ^running
6240
     <- (gdb)
6241
     <- *stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",disp="keep",bkptno="1",thread-id="0",
6242
        frame={addr="0x08048564",func="main",
6243
        args=[{name="argc",value="1"},{name="argv",value="0xbfc4d4d4"}],
6244
        file="myprog.c",fullname="/home/nickrob/myprog.c",line="68"}
6245
     <- (gdb)
6246
     -> -exec-continue
6247
     <- ^running
6248
     <- (gdb)
6249
     <- *stopped,reason="exited-normally"
6250
     <- (gdb)
6251
 
6252
Quitting GDB
6253
------------
6254
 
6255
Quitting GDB just prints the result class `^exit'.
6256
 
6257
     -> (gdb)
6258
     <- -gdb-exit
6259
     <- ^exit
6260
 
6261
   Please note that `^exit' is printed immediately, but it might take
6262
some time for GDB to actually exit.  During that time, GDB performs
6263
necessary cleanups, including killing programs being debugged or
6264
disconnecting from debug hardware, so the frontend should wait till GDB
6265
exits and should only forcibly kill GDB if it fails to exit in
6266
reasonable time.
6267
 
6268
A Bad Command
6269
-------------
6270
 
6271
Here's what happens if you pass a non-existent command:
6272
 
6273
     -> -rubbish
6274
     <- ^error,msg="Undefined MI command: rubbish"
6275
     <- (gdb)
6276
 
6277

6278
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Command Description Format,  Next: GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI Simple Examples,  Up: GDB/MI
6279
 
6280
27.7 GDB/MI Command Description Format
6281
======================================
6282
 
6283
The remaining sections describe blocks of commands.  Each block of
6284
commands is laid out in a fashion similar to this section.
6285
 
6286
Motivation
6287
----------
6288
 
6289
The motivation for this collection of commands.
6290
 
6291
Introduction
6292
------------
6293
 
6294
A brief introduction to this collection of commands as a whole.
6295
 
6296
Commands
6297
--------
6298
 
6299
For each command in the block, the following is described:
6300
 
6301
Synopsis
6302
........
6303
 
6304
      -command ARGS...
6305
 
6306
Result
6307
......
6308
 
6309
GDB Command
6310
...........
6311
 
6312
The corresponding GDB CLI command(s), if any.
6313
 
6314
Example
6315
.......
6316
 
6317
Example(s) formatted for readability.  Some of the described commands
6318
have not been implemented yet and these are labeled N.A. (not
6319
available).
6320
 
6321

6322
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands,  Next: GDB/MI Program Context,  Prev: GDB/MI Command Description Format,  Up: GDB/MI
6323
 
6324
27.8 GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands
6325
===============================
6326
 
6327
This section documents GDB/MI commands for manipulating breakpoints.
6328
 
6329
The `-break-after' Command
6330
--------------------------
6331
 
6332
Synopsis
6333
........
6334
 
6335
      -break-after NUMBER COUNT
6336
 
6337
   The breakpoint number NUMBER is not in effect until it has been hit
6338
COUNT times.  To see how this is reflected in the output of the
6339
`-break-list' command, see the description of the `-break-list' command
6340
below.
6341
 
6342
GDB Command
6343
...........
6344
 
6345
The corresponding GDB command is `ignore'.
6346
 
6347
Example
6348
.......
6349
 
6350
     (gdb)
6351
     -break-insert main
6352
     ^done,bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",
6353
     enabled="y",addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",
6354
     fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",line="5",times="0"}
6355
     (gdb)
6356
     -break-after 1 3
6357
     ~
6358
     ^done
6359
     (gdb)
6360
     -break-list
6361
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
6362
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6363
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6364
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6365
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6366
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6367
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6368
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6369
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
6370
     line="5",times="0",ignore="3"}]}
6371
     (gdb)
6372
 
6373
The `-break-commands' Command
6374
-----------------------------
6375
 
6376
Synopsis
6377
........
6378
 
6379
      -break-commands NUMBER [ COMMAND1 ... COMMANDN ]
6380
 
6381
   Specifies the CLI commands that should be executed when breakpoint
6382
NUMBER is hit.  The parameters COMMAND1 to COMMANDN are the commands.
6383
If no command is specified, any previously-set commands are cleared.
6384
*Note Break Commands::.  Typical use of this functionality is tracing a
6385
program, that is, printing of values of some variables whenever
6386
breakpoint is hit and then continuing.
6387
 
6388
GDB Command
6389
...........
6390
 
6391
The corresponding GDB command is `commands'.
6392
 
6393
Example
6394
.......
6395
 
6396
     (gdb)
6397
     -break-insert main
6398
     ^done,bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",
6399
     enabled="y",addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",
6400
     fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",line="5",times="0"}
6401
     (gdb)
6402
     -break-commands 1 "print v" "continue"
6403
     ^done
6404
     (gdb)
6405
 
6406
The `-break-condition' Command
6407
------------------------------
6408
 
6409
Synopsis
6410
........
6411
 
6412
      -break-condition NUMBER EXPR
6413
 
6414
   Breakpoint NUMBER will stop the program only if the condition in
6415
EXPR is true.  The condition becomes part of the `-break-list' output
6416
(see the description of the `-break-list' command below).
6417
 
6418
GDB Command
6419
...........
6420
 
6421
The corresponding GDB command is `condition'.
6422
 
6423
Example
6424
.......
6425
 
6426
     (gdb)
6427
     -break-condition 1 1
6428
     ^done
6429
     (gdb)
6430
     -break-list
6431
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
6432
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6433
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6434
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6435
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6436
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6437
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6438
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6439
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
6440
     line="5",cond="1",times="0",ignore="3"}]}
6441
     (gdb)
6442
 
6443
The `-break-delete' Command
6444
---------------------------
6445
 
6446
Synopsis
6447
........
6448
 
6449
      -break-delete ( BREAKPOINT )+
6450
 
6451
   Delete the breakpoint(s) whose number(s) are specified in the
6452
argument list.  This is obviously reflected in the breakpoint list.
6453
 
6454
GDB Command
6455
...........
6456
 
6457
The corresponding GDB command is `delete'.
6458
 
6459
Example
6460
.......
6461
 
6462
     (gdb)
6463
     -break-delete 1
6464
     ^done
6465
     (gdb)
6466
     -break-list
6467
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="0",nr_cols="6",
6468
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6469
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6470
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6471
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6472
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6473
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6474
     body=[]}
6475
     (gdb)
6476
 
6477
The `-break-disable' Command
6478
----------------------------
6479
 
6480
Synopsis
6481
........
6482
 
6483
      -break-disable ( BREAKPOINT )+
6484
 
6485
   Disable the named BREAKPOINT(s).  The field `enabled' in the break
6486
list is now set to `n' for the named BREAKPOINT(s).
6487
 
6488
GDB Command
6489
...........
6490
 
6491
The corresponding GDB command is `disable'.
6492
 
6493
Example
6494
.......
6495
 
6496
     (gdb)
6497
     -break-disable 2
6498
     ^done
6499
     (gdb)
6500
     -break-list
6501
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
6502
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6503
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6504
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6505
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6506
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6507
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6508
     body=[bkpt={number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="n",
6509
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
6510
     line="5",times="0"}]}
6511
     (gdb)
6512
 
6513
The `-break-enable' Command
6514
---------------------------
6515
 
6516
Synopsis
6517
........
6518
 
6519
      -break-enable ( BREAKPOINT )+
6520
 
6521
   Enable (previously disabled) BREAKPOINT(s).
6522
 
6523
GDB Command
6524
...........
6525
 
6526
The corresponding GDB command is `enable'.
6527
 
6528
Example
6529
.......
6530
 
6531
     (gdb)
6532
     -break-enable 2
6533
     ^done
6534
     (gdb)
6535
     -break-list
6536
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
6537
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6538
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6539
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6540
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6541
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6542
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6543
     body=[bkpt={number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6544
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
6545
     line="5",times="0"}]}
6546
     (gdb)
6547
 
6548
The `-break-info' Command
6549
-------------------------
6550
 
6551
Synopsis
6552
........
6553
 
6554
      -break-info BREAKPOINT
6555
 
6556
   Get information about a single breakpoint.
6557
 
6558
GDB Command
6559
...........
6560
 
6561
The corresponding GDB command is `info break BREAKPOINT'.
6562
 
6563
Example
6564
.......
6565
 
6566
N.A.
6567
 
6568
The `-break-insert' Command
6569
---------------------------
6570
 
6571
Synopsis
6572
........
6573
 
6574
      -break-insert [ -t ] [ -h ] [ -f ] [ -d ] [ -a ]
6575
         [ -c CONDITION ] [ -i IGNORE-COUNT ]
6576
         [ -p THREAD ] [ LOCATION ]
6577
 
6578
If specified, LOCATION, can be one of:
6579
 
6580
   * function
6581
 
6582
   * filename:linenum
6583
 
6584
   * filename:function
6585
 
6586
   * *address
6587
 
6588
   The possible optional parameters of this command are:
6589
 
6590
`-t'
6591
     Insert a temporary breakpoint.
6592
 
6593
`-h'
6594
     Insert a hardware breakpoint.
6595
 
6596
`-c CONDITION'
6597
     Make the breakpoint conditional on CONDITION.
6598
 
6599
`-i IGNORE-COUNT'
6600
     Initialize the IGNORE-COUNT.
6601
 
6602
`-f'
6603
     If LOCATION cannot be parsed (for example if it refers to unknown
6604
     files or functions), create a pending breakpoint. Without this
6605
     flag, GDB will report an error, and won't create a breakpoint, if
6606
     LOCATION cannot be parsed.
6607
 
6608
`-d'
6609
     Create a disabled breakpoint.
6610
 
6611
`-a'
6612
     Create a tracepoint.  *Note Tracepoints::.  When this parameter is
6613
     used together with `-h', a fast tracepoint is created.
6614
 
6615
Result
6616
......
6617
 
6618
The result is in the form:
6619
 
6620
     ^done,bkpt={number="NUMBER",type="TYPE",disp="del"|"keep",
6621
     enabled="y"|"n",addr="HEX",func="FUNCNAME",file="FILENAME",
6622
     fullname="FULL_FILENAME",line="LINENO",[thread="THREADNO,]
6623
     times="TIMES"}
6624
 
6625
where NUMBER is the GDB number for this breakpoint, FUNCNAME is the
6626
name of the function where the breakpoint was inserted, FILENAME is the
6627
name of the source file which contains this function, LINENO is the
6628
source line number within that file and TIMES the number of times that
6629
the breakpoint has been hit (always 0 for -break-insert but may be
6630
greater for -break-info or -break-list which use the same output).
6631
 
6632
   Note: this format is open to change.
6633
 
6634
GDB Command
6635
...........
6636
 
6637
The corresponding GDB commands are `break', `tbreak', `hbreak',
6638
`thbreak', and `rbreak'.
6639
 
6640
Example
6641
.......
6642
 
6643
     (gdb)
6644
     -break-insert main
6645
     ^done,bkpt={number="1",addr="0x0001072c",file="recursive2.c",
6646
     fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,line="4",times="0"}
6647
     (gdb)
6648
     -break-insert -t foo
6649
     ^done,bkpt={number="2",addr="0x00010774",file="recursive2.c",
6650
     fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,line="11",times="0"}
6651
     (gdb)
6652
     -break-list
6653
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
6654
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6655
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6656
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6657
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6658
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6659
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6660
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6661
     addr="0x0001072c", func="main",file="recursive2.c",
6662
     fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,"line="4",times="0"},
6663
     bkpt={number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="del",enabled="y",
6664
     addr="0x00010774",func="foo",file="recursive2.c",
6665
     fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c",line="11",times="0"}]}
6666
     (gdb)
6667
     -break-insert -r foo.*
6668
     ~int foo(int, int);
6669
     ^done,bkpt={number="3",addr="0x00010774",file="recursive2.c,
6670
     "fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c",line="11",times="0"}
6671
     (gdb)
6672
 
6673
The `-break-list' Command
6674
-------------------------
6675
 
6676
Synopsis
6677
........
6678
 
6679
      -break-list
6680
 
6681
   Displays the list of inserted breakpoints, showing the following
6682
fields:
6683
 
6684
`Number'
6685
     number of the breakpoint
6686
 
6687
`Type'
6688
     type of the breakpoint: `breakpoint' or `watchpoint'
6689
 
6690
`Disposition'
6691
     should the breakpoint be deleted or disabled when it is hit: `keep'
6692
     or `nokeep'
6693
 
6694
`Enabled'
6695
     is the breakpoint enabled or no: `y' or `n'
6696
 
6697
`Address'
6698
     memory location at which the breakpoint is set
6699
 
6700
`What'
6701
     logical location of the breakpoint, expressed by function name,
6702
     file name, line number
6703
 
6704
`Times'
6705
     number of times the breakpoint has been hit
6706
 
6707
   If there are no breakpoints or watchpoints, the `BreakpointTable'
6708
`body' field is an empty list.
6709
 
6710
GDB Command
6711
...........
6712
 
6713
The corresponding GDB command is `info break'.
6714
 
6715
Example
6716
.......
6717
 
6718
     (gdb)
6719
     -break-list
6720
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
6721
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6722
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6723
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6724
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6725
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6726
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6727
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6728
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",line="5",times="0"},
6729
     bkpt={number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6730
     addr="0x00010114",func="foo",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
6731
     line="13",times="0"}]}
6732
     (gdb)
6733
 
6734
   Here's an example of the result when there are no breakpoints:
6735
 
6736
     (gdb)
6737
     -break-list
6738
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="0",nr_cols="6",
6739
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6740
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6741
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6742
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6743
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6744
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6745
     body=[]}
6746
     (gdb)
6747
 
6748
The `-break-passcount' Command
6749
------------------------------
6750
 
6751
Synopsis
6752
........
6753
 
6754
      -break-passcount TRACEPOINT-NUMBER PASSCOUNT
6755
 
6756
   Set the passcount for tracepoint TRACEPOINT-NUMBER to PASSCOUNT.  If
6757
the breakpoint referred to by TRACEPOINT-NUMBER is not a tracepoint,
6758
error is emitted.  This corresponds to CLI command `passcount'.
6759
 
6760
The `-break-watch' Command
6761
--------------------------
6762
 
6763
Synopsis
6764
........
6765
 
6766
      -break-watch [ -a | -r ]
6767
 
6768
   Create a watchpoint.  With the `-a' option it will create an
6769
"access" watchpoint, i.e., a watchpoint that triggers either on a read
6770
from or on a write to the memory location.  With the `-r' option, the
6771
watchpoint created is a "read" watchpoint, i.e., it will trigger only
6772
when the memory location is accessed for reading.  Without either of
6773
the options, the watchpoint created is a regular watchpoint, i.e., it
6774
will trigger when the memory location is accessed for writing.  *Note
6775
Setting Watchpoints: Set Watchpoints.
6776
 
6777
   Note that `-break-list' will report a single list of watchpoints and
6778
breakpoints inserted.
6779
 
6780
GDB Command
6781
...........
6782
 
6783
The corresponding GDB commands are `watch', `awatch', and `rwatch'.
6784
 
6785
Example
6786
.......
6787
 
6788
Setting a watchpoint on a variable in the `main' function:
6789
 
6790
     (gdb)
6791
     -break-watch x
6792
     ^done,wpt={number="2",exp="x"}
6793
     (gdb)
6794
     -exec-continue
6795
     ^running
6796
     (gdb)
6797
     *stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",wpt={number="2",exp="x"},
6798
     value={old="-268439212",new="55"},
6799
     frame={func="main",args=[],file="recursive2.c",
6800
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="5"}
6801
     (gdb)
6802
 
6803
   Setting a watchpoint on a variable local to a function.  GDB will
6804
stop the program execution twice: first for the variable changing
6805
value, then for the watchpoint going out of scope.
6806
 
6807
     (gdb)
6808
     -break-watch C
6809
     ^done,wpt={number="5",exp="C"}
6810
     (gdb)
6811
     -exec-continue
6812
     ^running
6813
     (gdb)
6814
     *stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",
6815
     wpt={number="5",exp="C"},value={old="-276895068",new="3"},
6816
     frame={func="callee4",args=[],
6817
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
6818
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="13"}
6819
     (gdb)
6820
     -exec-continue
6821
     ^running
6822
     (gdb)
6823
     *stopped,reason="watchpoint-scope",wpnum="5",
6824
     frame={func="callee3",args=[{name="strarg",
6825
     value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}],
6826
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
6827
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"}
6828
     (gdb)
6829
 
6830
   Listing breakpoints and watchpoints, at different points in the
6831
program execution.  Note that once the watchpoint goes out of scope, it
6832
is deleted.
6833
 
6834
     (gdb)
6835
     -break-watch C
6836
     ^done,wpt={number="2",exp="C"}
6837
     (gdb)
6838
     -break-list
6839
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
6840
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6841
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6842
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6843
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6844
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6845
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6846
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6847
     addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
6848
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
6849
     fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c"line="8",times="1"},
6850
     bkpt={number="2",type="watchpoint",disp="keep",
6851
     enabled="y",addr="",what="C",times="0"}]}
6852
     (gdb)
6853
     -exec-continue
6854
     ^running
6855
     (gdb)
6856
     *stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",wpt={number="2",exp="C"},
6857
     value={old="-276895068",new="3"},
6858
     frame={func="callee4",args=[],
6859
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
6860
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="13"}
6861
     (gdb)
6862
     -break-list
6863
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
6864
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6865
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6866
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6867
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6868
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6869
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6870
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6871
     addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
6872
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
6873
     fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8",times="1"},
6874
     bkpt={number="2",type="watchpoint",disp="keep",
6875
     enabled="y",addr="",what="C",times="-5"}]}
6876
     (gdb)
6877
     -exec-continue
6878
     ^running
6879
     ^done,reason="watchpoint-scope",wpnum="2",
6880
     frame={func="callee3",args=[{name="strarg",
6881
     value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}],
6882
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
6883
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"}
6884
     (gdb)
6885
     -break-list
6886
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
6887
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
6888
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
6889
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
6890
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
6891
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
6892
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
6893
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
6894
     addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
6895
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
6896
     fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8",
6897
     times="1"}]}
6898
     (gdb)
6899
 
6900

6901
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Program Context,  Next: GDB/MI Thread Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands,  Up: GDB/MI
6902
 
6903
27.9 GDB/MI  Program Context
6904
============================
6905
 
6906
The `-exec-arguments' Command
6907
-----------------------------
6908
 
6909
Synopsis
6910
........
6911
 
6912
      -exec-arguments ARGS
6913
 
6914
   Set the inferior program arguments, to be used in the next
6915
`-exec-run'.
6916
 
6917
GDB Command
6918
...........
6919
 
6920
The corresponding GDB command is `set args'.
6921
 
6922
Example
6923
.......
6924
 
6925
     (gdb)
6926
     -exec-arguments -v word
6927
     ^done
6928
     (gdb)
6929
 
6930
The `-environment-cd' Command
6931
-----------------------------
6932
 
6933
Synopsis
6934
........
6935
 
6936
      -environment-cd PATHDIR
6937
 
6938
   Set GDB's working directory.
6939
 
6940
GDB Command
6941
...........
6942
 
6943
The corresponding GDB command is `cd'.
6944
 
6945
Example
6946
.......
6947
 
6948
     (gdb)
6949
     -environment-cd /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb
6950
     ^done
6951
     (gdb)
6952
 
6953
The `-environment-directory' Command
6954
------------------------------------
6955
 
6956
Synopsis
6957
........
6958
 
6959
      -environment-directory [ -r ] [ PATHDIR ]+
6960
 
6961
   Add directories PATHDIR to beginning of search path for source files.
6962
If the `-r' option is used, the search path is reset to the default
6963
search path.  If directories PATHDIR are supplied in addition to the
6964
`-r' option, the search path is first reset and then addition occurs as
6965
normal.  Multiple directories may be specified, separated by blanks.
6966
Specifying multiple directories in a single command results in the
6967
directories added to the beginning of the search path in the same order
6968
they were presented in the command.  If blanks are needed as part of a
6969
directory name, double-quotes should be used around the name.  In the
6970
command output, the path will show up separated by the system
6971
directory-separator character.  The directory-separator character must
6972
not be used in any directory name.  If no directories are specified,
6973
the current search path is displayed.
6974
 
6975
GDB Command
6976
...........
6977
 
6978
The corresponding GDB command is `dir'.
6979
 
6980
Example
6981
.......
6982
 
6983
     (gdb)
6984
     -environment-directory /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb
6985
     ^done,source-path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb:$cdir:$cwd"
6986
     (gdb)
6987
     -environment-directory ""
6988
     ^done,source-path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb:$cdir:$cwd"
6989
     (gdb)
6990
     -environment-directory -r /home/jjohnstn/src/gdb /usr/src
6991
     ^done,source-path="/home/jjohnstn/src/gdb:/usr/src:$cdir:$cwd"
6992
     (gdb)
6993
     -environment-directory -r
6994
     ^done,source-path="$cdir:$cwd"
6995
     (gdb)
6996
 
6997
The `-environment-path' Command
6998
-------------------------------
6999
 
7000
Synopsis
7001
........
7002
 
7003
      -environment-path [ -r ] [ PATHDIR ]+
7004
 
7005
   Add directories PATHDIR to beginning of search path for object files.
7006
If the `-r' option is used, the search path is reset to the original
7007
search path that existed at gdb start-up.  If directories PATHDIR are
7008
supplied in addition to the `-r' option, the search path is first reset
7009
and then addition occurs as normal.  Multiple directories may be
7010
specified, separated by blanks.  Specifying multiple directories in a
7011
single command results in the directories added to the beginning of the
7012
search path in the same order they were presented in the command.  If
7013
blanks are needed as part of a directory name, double-quotes should be
7014
used around the name.  In the command output, the path will show up
7015
separated by the system directory-separator character.  The
7016
directory-separator character must not be used in any directory name.
7017
If no directories are specified, the current path is displayed.
7018
 
7019
GDB Command
7020
...........
7021
 
7022
The corresponding GDB command is `path'.
7023
 
7024
Example
7025
.......
7026
 
7027
     (gdb)
7028
     -environment-path
7029
     ^done,path="/usr/bin"
7030
     (gdb)
7031
     -environment-path /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/ppc-eabi/gdb /bin
7032
     ^done,path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/ppc-eabi/gdb:/bin:/usr/bin"
7033
     (gdb)
7034
     -environment-path -r /usr/local/bin
7035
     ^done,path="/usr/local/bin:/usr/bin"
7036
     (gdb)
7037
 
7038
The `-environment-pwd' Command
7039
------------------------------
7040
 
7041
Synopsis
7042
........
7043
 
7044
      -environment-pwd
7045
 
7046
   Show the current working directory.
7047
 
7048
GDB Command
7049
...........
7050
 
7051
The corresponding GDB command is `pwd'.
7052
 
7053
Example
7054
.......
7055
 
7056
     (gdb)
7057
     -environment-pwd
7058
     ^done,cwd="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb"
7059
     (gdb)
7060
 
7061

7062
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Thread Commands,  Next: GDB/MI Program Execution,  Prev: GDB/MI Program Context,  Up: GDB/MI
7063
 
7064
27.10 GDB/MI Thread Commands
7065
============================
7066
 
7067
The `-thread-info' Command
7068
--------------------------
7069
 
7070
Synopsis
7071
........
7072
 
7073
      -thread-info [ THREAD-ID ]
7074
 
7075
   Reports information about either a specific thread, if the THREAD-ID
7076
parameter is present, or about all threads.  When printing information
7077
about all threads, also reports the current thread.
7078
 
7079
GDB Command
7080
...........
7081
 
7082
The `info thread' command prints the same information about all threads.
7083
 
7084
Example
7085
.......
7086
 
7087
     -thread-info
7088
     ^done,threads=[
7089
     {id="2",target-id="Thread 0xb7e14b90 (LWP 21257)",
7090
        frame={level="0",addr="0xffffe410",func="__kernel_vsyscall",args=[]},state="running"},
7091
     {id="1",target-id="Thread 0xb7e156b0 (LWP 21254)",
7092
        frame={level="0",addr="0x0804891f",func="foo",args=[{name="i",value="10"}],
7093
                file="/tmp/a.c",fullname="/tmp/a.c",line="158"},state="running"}],
7094
     current-thread-id="1"
7095
     (gdb)
7096
 
7097
   The `state' field may have the following values:
7098
 
7099
`stopped'
7100
     The thread is stopped.  Frame information is available for stopped
7101
     threads.
7102
 
7103
`running'
7104
     The thread is running.  There's no frame information for running
7105
     threads.
7106
 
7107
 
7108
The `-thread-list-ids' Command
7109
------------------------------
7110
 
7111
Synopsis
7112
........
7113
 
7114
      -thread-list-ids
7115
 
7116
   Produces a list of the currently known GDB thread ids.  At the end
7117
of the list it also prints the total number of such threads.
7118
 
7119
   This command is retained for historical reasons, the `-thread-info'
7120
command should be used instead.
7121
 
7122
GDB Command
7123
...........
7124
 
7125
Part of `info threads' supplies the same information.
7126
 
7127
Example
7128
.......
7129
 
7130
     (gdb)
7131
     -thread-list-ids
7132
     ^done,thread-ids={thread-id="3",thread-id="2",thread-id="1"},
7133
     current-thread-id="1",number-of-threads="3"
7134
     (gdb)
7135
 
7136
The `-thread-select' Command
7137
----------------------------
7138
 
7139
Synopsis
7140
........
7141
 
7142
      -thread-select THREADNUM
7143
 
7144
   Make THREADNUM the current thread.  It prints the number of the new
7145
current thread, and the topmost frame for that thread.
7146
 
7147
   This command is deprecated in favor of explicitly using the
7148
`--thread' option to each command.
7149
 
7150
GDB Command
7151
...........
7152
 
7153
The corresponding GDB command is `thread'.
7154
 
7155
Example
7156
.......
7157
 
7158
     (gdb)
7159
     -exec-next
7160
     ^running
7161
     (gdb)
7162
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",thread-id="2",line="187",
7163
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.threads/linux-dp.c"
7164
     (gdb)
7165
     -thread-list-ids
7166
     ^done,
7167
     thread-ids={thread-id="3",thread-id="2",thread-id="1"},
7168
     number-of-threads="3"
7169
     (gdb)
7170
     -thread-select 3
7171
     ^done,new-thread-id="3",
7172
     frame={level="0",func="vprintf",
7173
     args=[{name="format",value="0x8048e9c \"%*s%c %d %c\\n\""},
7174
     {name="arg",value="0x2"}],file="vprintf.c",line="31"}
7175
     (gdb)
7176
 
7177

7178
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Program Execution,  Next: GDB/MI Stack Manipulation,  Prev: GDB/MI Thread Commands,  Up: GDB/MI
7179
 
7180
27.11 GDB/MI Program Execution
7181
==============================
7182
 
7183
These are the asynchronous commands which generate the out-of-band
7184
record `*stopped'.  Currently GDB only really executes asynchronously
7185
with remote targets and this interaction is mimicked in other cases.
7186
 
7187
The `-exec-continue' Command
7188
----------------------------
7189
 
7190
Synopsis
7191
........
7192
 
7193
      -exec-continue [--reverse] [--all|--thread-group N]
7194
 
7195
   Resumes the execution of the inferior program, which will continue
7196
to execute until it reaches a debugger stop event.  If the `--reverse'
7197
option is specified, execution resumes in reverse until it reaches a
7198
stop event.  Stop events may include
7199
   * breakpoints or watchpoints
7200
 
7201
   * signals or exceptions
7202
 
7203
   * the end of the process (or its beginning under `--reverse')
7204
 
7205
   * the end or beginning of a replay log if one is being used.
7206
   In all-stop mode (*note All-Stop Mode::), may resume only one
7207
thread, or all threads, depending on the value of the
7208
`scheduler-locking' variable.  If `--all' is specified, all threads (in
7209
all inferiors) will be resumed.  The `--all' option is ignored in
7210
all-stop mode.  If the `--thread-group' options is specified, then all
7211
threads in that thread group are resumed.
7212
 
7213
GDB Command
7214
...........
7215
 
7216
The corresponding GDB corresponding is `continue'.
7217
 
7218
Example
7219
.......
7220
 
7221
     -exec-continue
7222
     ^running
7223
     (gdb)
7224
     @Hello world
7225
     *stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",disp="keep",bkptno="2",frame={
7226
     func="foo",args=[],file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/hello.c",
7227
     line="13"}
7228
     (gdb)
7229
 
7230
The `-exec-finish' Command
7231
--------------------------
7232
 
7233
Synopsis
7234
........
7235
 
7236
      -exec-finish [--reverse]
7237
 
7238
   Resumes the execution of the inferior program until the current
7239
function is exited.  Displays the results returned by the function.  If
7240
the `--reverse' option is specified, resumes the reverse execution of
7241
the inferior program until the point where current function was called.
7242
 
7243
GDB Command
7244
...........
7245
 
7246
The corresponding GDB command is `finish'.
7247
 
7248
Example
7249
.......
7250
 
7251
Function returning `void'.
7252
 
7253
     -exec-finish
7254
     ^running
7255
     (gdb)
7256
     @hello from foo
7257
     *stopped,reason="function-finished",frame={func="main",args=[],
7258
     file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/hello.c",line="7"}
7259
     (gdb)
7260
 
7261
   Function returning other than `void'.  The name of the internal GDB
7262
variable storing the result is printed, together with the value itself.
7263
 
7264
     -exec-finish
7265
     ^running
7266
     (gdb)
7267
     *stopped,reason="function-finished",frame={addr="0x000107b0",func="foo",
7268
     args=[{name="a",value="1"],{name="b",value="9"}},
7269
     file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7270
     gdb-result-var="$1",return-value="0"
7271
     (gdb)
7272
 
7273
The `-exec-interrupt' Command
7274
-----------------------------
7275
 
7276
Synopsis
7277
........
7278
 
7279
      -exec-interrupt [--all|--thread-group N]
7280
 
7281
   Interrupts the background execution of the target.  Note how the
7282
token associated with the stop message is the one for the execution
7283
command that has been interrupted.  The token for the interrupt itself
7284
only appears in the `^done' output.  If the user is trying to interrupt
7285
a non-running program, an error message will be printed.
7286
 
7287
   Note that when asynchronous execution is enabled, this command is
7288
asynchronous just like other execution commands.  That is, first the
7289
`^done' response will be printed, and the target stop will be reported
7290
after that using the `*stopped' notification.
7291
 
7292
   In non-stop mode, only the context thread is interrupted by default.
7293
All threads (in all inferiors) will be interrupted if the `--all'
7294
option is specified.  If the `--thread-group' option is specified, all
7295
threads in that group will be interrupted.
7296
 
7297
GDB Command
7298
...........
7299
 
7300
The corresponding GDB command is `interrupt'.
7301
 
7302
Example
7303
.......
7304
 
7305
     (gdb)
7306
     111-exec-continue
7307
     111^running
7308
 
7309
     (gdb)
7310
     222-exec-interrupt
7311
     222^done
7312
     (gdb)
7313
     111*stopped,signal-name="SIGINT",signal-meaning="Interrupt",
7314
     frame={addr="0x00010140",func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
7315
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="13"}
7316
     (gdb)
7317
 
7318
     (gdb)
7319
     -exec-interrupt
7320
     ^error,msg="mi_cmd_exec_interrupt: Inferior not executing."
7321
     (gdb)
7322
 
7323
The `-exec-jump' Command
7324
------------------------
7325
 
7326
Synopsis
7327
........
7328
 
7329
      -exec-jump LOCATION
7330
 
7331
   Resumes execution of the inferior program at the location specified
7332
by parameter.  *Note Specify Location::, for a description of the
7333
different forms of LOCATION.
7334
 
7335
GDB Command
7336
...........
7337
 
7338
The corresponding GDB command is `jump'.
7339
 
7340
Example
7341
.......
7342
 
7343
     -exec-jump foo.c:10
7344
     *running,thread-id="all"
7345
     ^running
7346
 
7347
The `-exec-next' Command
7348
------------------------
7349
 
7350
Synopsis
7351
........
7352
 
7353
      -exec-next [--reverse]
7354
 
7355
   Resumes execution of the inferior program, stopping when the
7356
beginning of the next source line is reached.
7357
 
7358
   If the `--reverse' option is specified, resumes reverse execution of
7359
the inferior program, stopping at the beginning of the previous source
7360
line.  If you issue this command on the first line of a function, it
7361
will take you back to the caller of that function, to the source line
7362
where the function was called.
7363
 
7364
GDB Command
7365
...........
7366
 
7367
The corresponding GDB command is `next'.
7368
 
7369
Example
7370
.......
7371
 
7372
     -exec-next
7373
     ^running
7374
     (gdb)
7375
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",line="8",file="hello.c"
7376
     (gdb)
7377
 
7378
The `-exec-next-instruction' Command
7379
------------------------------------
7380
 
7381
Synopsis
7382
........
7383
 
7384
      -exec-next-instruction [--reverse]
7385
 
7386
   Executes one machine instruction.  If the instruction is a function
7387
call, continues until the function returns.  If the program stops at an
7388
instruction in the middle of a source line, the address will be printed
7389
as well.
7390
 
7391
   If the `--reverse' option is specified, resumes reverse execution of
7392
the inferior program, stopping at the previous instruction.  If the
7393
previously executed instruction was a return from another function, it
7394
will continue to execute in reverse until the call to that function
7395
(from the current stack frame) is reached.
7396
 
7397
GDB Command
7398
...........
7399
 
7400
The corresponding GDB command is `nexti'.
7401
 
7402
Example
7403
.......
7404
 
7405
     (gdb)
7406
     -exec-next-instruction
7407
     ^running
7408
 
7409
     (gdb)
7410
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
7411
     addr="0x000100d4",line="5",file="hello.c"
7412
     (gdb)
7413
 
7414
The `-exec-return' Command
7415
--------------------------
7416
 
7417
Synopsis
7418
........
7419
 
7420
      -exec-return
7421
 
7422
   Makes current function return immediately.  Doesn't execute the
7423
inferior.  Displays the new current frame.
7424
 
7425
GDB Command
7426
...........
7427
 
7428
The corresponding GDB command is `return'.
7429
 
7430
Example
7431
.......
7432
 
7433
     (gdb)
7434
     200-break-insert callee4
7435
     200^done,bkpt={number="1",addr="0x00010734",
7436
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"}
7437
     (gdb)
7438
     000-exec-run
7439
     000^running
7440
     (gdb)
7441
     000*stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",disp="keep",bkptno="1",
7442
     frame={func="callee4",args=[],
7443
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
7444
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"}
7445
     (gdb)
7446
     205-break-delete
7447
     205^done
7448
     (gdb)
7449
     111-exec-return
7450
     111^done,frame={level="0",func="callee3",
7451
     args=[{name="strarg",
7452
     value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}],
7453
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
7454
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"}
7455
     (gdb)
7456
 
7457
The `-exec-run' Command
7458
-----------------------
7459
 
7460
Synopsis
7461
........
7462
 
7463
      -exec-run [--all | --thread-group N]
7464
 
7465
   Starts execution of the inferior from the beginning.  The inferior
7466
executes until either a breakpoint is encountered or the program exits.
7467 342 jeremybenn
In the latter case the output will include an exit code, if the program
7468
has exited exceptionally.
7469 330 jeremybenn
 
7470
   When no option is specified, the current inferior is started.  If the
7471
`--thread-group' option is specified, it should refer to a thread group
7472
of type `process', and that thread group will be started.  If the
7473
`--all' option is specified, then all inferiors will be started.
7474
 
7475
GDB Command
7476
...........
7477
 
7478
The corresponding GDB command is `run'.
7479
 
7480
Examples
7481
........
7482
 
7483
     (gdb)
7484
     -break-insert main
7485
     ^done,bkpt={number="1",addr="0x0001072c",file="recursive2.c",line="4"}
7486
     (gdb)
7487
     -exec-run
7488
     ^running
7489
     (gdb)
7490
     *stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",disp="keep",bkptno="1",
7491
     frame={func="main",args=[],file="recursive2.c",
7492
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="4"}
7493
     (gdb)
7494
 
7495
Program exited normally:
7496
 
7497
     (gdb)
7498
     -exec-run
7499
     ^running
7500
     (gdb)
7501
     x = 55
7502
     *stopped,reason="exited-normally"
7503
     (gdb)
7504
 
7505
Program exited exceptionally:
7506
 
7507
     (gdb)
7508
     -exec-run
7509
     ^running
7510
     (gdb)
7511
     x = 55
7512
     *stopped,reason="exited",exit-code="01"
7513
     (gdb)
7514
 
7515
   Another way the program can terminate is if it receives a signal
7516
such as `SIGINT'.  In this case, GDB/MI displays this:
7517
 
7518
     (gdb)
7519
     *stopped,reason="exited-signalled",signal-name="SIGINT",
7520
     signal-meaning="Interrupt"
7521
 
7522
The `-exec-step' Command
7523
------------------------
7524
 
7525
Synopsis
7526
........
7527
 
7528
      -exec-step [--reverse]
7529
 
7530
   Resumes execution of the inferior program, stopping when the
7531
beginning of the next source line is reached, if the next source line
7532
is not a function call.  If it is, stop at the first instruction of the
7533
called function.  If the `--reverse' option is specified, resumes
7534
reverse execution of the inferior program, stopping at the beginning of
7535
the previously executed source line.
7536
 
7537
GDB Command
7538
...........
7539
 
7540
The corresponding GDB command is `step'.
7541
 
7542
Example
7543
.......
7544
 
7545
Stepping into a function:
7546
 
7547
     -exec-step
7548
     ^running
7549
     (gdb)
7550
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
7551
     frame={func="foo",args=[{name="a",value="10"},
7552
     {name="b",value="0"}],file="recursive2.c",
7553
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="11"}
7554
     (gdb)
7555
 
7556
   Regular stepping:
7557
 
7558
     -exec-step
7559
     ^running
7560
     (gdb)
7561
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",line="14",file="recursive2.c"
7562
     (gdb)
7563
 
7564
The `-exec-step-instruction' Command
7565
------------------------------------
7566
 
7567
Synopsis
7568
........
7569
 
7570
      -exec-step-instruction [--reverse]
7571
 
7572
   Resumes the inferior which executes one machine instruction.  If the
7573
`--reverse' option is specified, resumes reverse execution of the
7574
inferior program, stopping at the previously executed instruction.  The
7575
output, once GDB has stopped, will vary depending on whether we have
7576
stopped in the middle of a source line or not.  In the former case, the
7577
address at which the program stopped will be printed as well.
7578
 
7579
GDB Command
7580
...........
7581
 
7582
The corresponding GDB command is `stepi'.
7583
 
7584
Example
7585
.......
7586
 
7587
     (gdb)
7588
     -exec-step-instruction
7589
     ^running
7590
 
7591
     (gdb)
7592
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
7593
     frame={func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
7594
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="10"}
7595
     (gdb)
7596
     -exec-step-instruction
7597
     ^running
7598
 
7599
     (gdb)
7600
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
7601
     frame={addr="0x000100f4",func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
7602
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="10"}
7603
     (gdb)
7604
 
7605
The `-exec-until' Command
7606
-------------------------
7607
 
7608
Synopsis
7609
........
7610
 
7611
      -exec-until [ LOCATION ]
7612
 
7613
   Executes the inferior until the LOCATION specified in the argument
7614
is reached.  If there is no argument, the inferior executes until a
7615
source line greater than the current one is reached.  The reason for
7616
stopping in this case will be `location-reached'.
7617
 
7618
GDB Command
7619
...........
7620
 
7621
The corresponding GDB command is `until'.
7622
 
7623
Example
7624
.......
7625
 
7626
     (gdb)
7627
     -exec-until recursive2.c:6
7628
     ^running
7629
     (gdb)
7630
     x = 55
7631
     *stopped,reason="location-reached",frame={func="main",args=[],
7632
     file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="6"}
7633
     (gdb)
7634
 
7635

7636
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Stack Manipulation,  Next: GDB/MI Variable Objects,  Prev: GDB/MI Program Execution,  Up: GDB/MI
7637
 
7638
27.12 GDB/MI Stack Manipulation Commands
7639
========================================
7640
 
7641
The `-stack-info-frame' Command
7642
-------------------------------
7643
 
7644
Synopsis
7645
........
7646
 
7647
      -stack-info-frame
7648
 
7649
   Get info on the selected frame.
7650
 
7651
GDB Command
7652
...........
7653
 
7654
The corresponding GDB command is `info frame' or `frame' (without
7655
arguments).
7656
 
7657
Example
7658
.......
7659
 
7660
     (gdb)
7661
     -stack-info-frame
7662
     ^done,frame={level="1",addr="0x0001076c",func="callee3",
7663
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
7664
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="17"}
7665
     (gdb)
7666
 
7667
The `-stack-info-depth' Command
7668
-------------------------------
7669
 
7670
Synopsis
7671
........
7672
 
7673
      -stack-info-depth [ MAX-DEPTH ]
7674
 
7675
   Return the depth of the stack.  If the integer argument MAX-DEPTH is
7676
specified, do not count beyond MAX-DEPTH frames.
7677
 
7678
GDB Command
7679
...........
7680
 
7681
There's no equivalent GDB command.
7682
 
7683
Example
7684
.......
7685
 
7686
For a stack with frame levels 0 through 11:
7687
 
7688
     (gdb)
7689
     -stack-info-depth
7690
     ^done,depth="12"
7691
     (gdb)
7692
     -stack-info-depth 4
7693
     ^done,depth="4"
7694
     (gdb)
7695
     -stack-info-depth 12
7696
     ^done,depth="12"
7697
     (gdb)
7698
     -stack-info-depth 11
7699
     ^done,depth="11"
7700
     (gdb)
7701
     -stack-info-depth 13
7702
     ^done,depth="12"
7703
     (gdb)
7704
 
7705
The `-stack-list-arguments' Command
7706
-----------------------------------
7707
 
7708
Synopsis
7709
........
7710
 
7711
      -stack-list-arguments PRINT-VALUES
7712
         [ LOW-FRAME HIGH-FRAME ]
7713
 
7714
   Display a list of the arguments for the frames between LOW-FRAME and
7715
HIGH-FRAME (inclusive).  If LOW-FRAME and HIGH-FRAME are not provided,
7716
list the arguments for the whole call stack.  If the two arguments are
7717
equal, show the single frame at the corresponding level.  It is an
7718
error if LOW-FRAME is larger than the actual number of frames.  On the
7719
other hand, HIGH-FRAME may be larger than the actual number of frames,
7720
in which case only existing frames will be returned.
7721
 
7722
   If PRINT-VALUES is 0 or `--no-values', print only the names of the
7723
variables; if it is 1 or `--all-values', print also their values; and
7724
if it is 2 or `--simple-values', print the name, type and value for
7725
simple data types, and the name and type for arrays, structures and
7726
unions.
7727
 
7728
   Use of this command to obtain arguments in a single frame is
7729
deprecated in favor of the `-stack-list-variables' command.
7730
 
7731
GDB Command
7732
...........
7733
 
7734
GDB does not have an equivalent command.  `gdbtk' has a `gdb_get_args'
7735
command which partially overlaps with the functionality of
7736
`-stack-list-arguments'.
7737
 
7738
Example
7739
.......
7740
 
7741
     (gdb)
7742
     -stack-list-frames
7743
     ^done,
7744
     stack=[
7745
     frame={level="0",addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
7746
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
7747
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"},
7748
     frame={level="1",addr="0x0001076c",func="callee3",
7749
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
7750
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="17"},
7751
     frame={level="2",addr="0x0001078c",func="callee2",
7752
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
7753
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="22"},
7754
     frame={level="3",addr="0x000107b4",func="callee1",
7755
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
7756
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="27"},
7757
     frame={level="4",addr="0x000107e0",func="main",
7758
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
7759
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="32"}]
7760
     (gdb)
7761
     -stack-list-arguments 0
7762
     ^done,
7763
     stack-args=[
7764
     frame={level="0",args=[]},
7765
     frame={level="1",args=[name="strarg"]},
7766
     frame={level="2",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg"]},
7767
     frame={level="3",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg",name="fltarg"]},
7768
     frame={level="4",args=[]}]
7769
     (gdb)
7770
     -stack-list-arguments 1
7771
     ^done,
7772
     stack-args=[
7773
     frame={level="0",args=[]},
7774
     frame={level="1",
7775
      args=[{name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}]},
7776
     frame={level="2",args=[
7777
     {name="intarg",value="2"},
7778
     {name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}]},
7779
     {frame={level="3",args=[
7780
     {name="intarg",value="2"},
7781
     {name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""},
7782
     {name="fltarg",value="3.5"}]},
7783
     frame={level="4",args=[]}]
7784
     (gdb)
7785
     -stack-list-arguments 0 2 2
7786
     ^done,stack-args=[frame={level="2",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg"]}]
7787
     (gdb)
7788
     -stack-list-arguments 1 2 2
7789
     ^done,stack-args=[frame={level="2",
7790
     args=[{name="intarg",value="2"},
7791
     {name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}]}]
7792
     (gdb)
7793
 
7794
The `-stack-list-frames' Command
7795
--------------------------------
7796
 
7797
Synopsis
7798
........
7799
 
7800
      -stack-list-frames [ LOW-FRAME HIGH-FRAME ]
7801
 
7802
   List the frames currently on the stack.  For each frame it displays
7803
the following info:
7804
 
7805
`LEVEL'
7806
     The frame number, 0 being the topmost frame, i.e., the innermost
7807
     function.
7808
 
7809
`ADDR'
7810
     The `$pc' value for that frame.
7811
 
7812
`FUNC'
7813
     Function name.
7814
 
7815
`FILE'
7816
     File name of the source file where the function lives.
7817
 
7818
`LINE'
7819
     Line number corresponding to the `$pc'.
7820
 
7821
   If invoked without arguments, this command prints a backtrace for the
7822
whole stack.  If given two integer arguments, it shows the frames whose
7823
levels are between the two arguments (inclusive).  If the two arguments
7824
are equal, it shows the single frame at the corresponding level.  It is
7825
an error if LOW-FRAME is larger than the actual number of frames.  On
7826
the other hand, HIGH-FRAME may be larger than the actual number of
7827
frames, in which case only existing frames will be returned.
7828
 
7829
GDB Command
7830
...........
7831
 
7832
The corresponding GDB commands are `backtrace' and `where'.
7833
 
7834
Example
7835
.......
7836
 
7837
Full stack backtrace:
7838
 
7839
     (gdb)
7840
     -stack-list-frames
7841
     ^done,stack=
7842
     [frame={level="0",addr="0x0001076c",func="foo",
7843
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="11"},
7844
     frame={level="1",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7845
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7846
     frame={level="2",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7847
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7848
     frame={level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7849
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7850
     frame={level="4",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7851
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7852
     frame={level="5",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7853
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7854
     frame={level="6",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7855
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7856
     frame={level="7",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7857
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7858
     frame={level="8",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7859
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7860
     frame={level="9",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7861
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7862
     frame={level="10",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7863
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7864
     frame={level="11",addr="0x00010738",func="main",
7865
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="4"}]
7866
     (gdb)
7867
 
7868
   Show frames between LOW_FRAME and HIGH_FRAME:
7869
 
7870
     (gdb)
7871
     -stack-list-frames 3 5
7872
     ^done,stack=
7873
     [frame={level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7874
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7875
     frame={level="4",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7876
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
7877
     frame={level="5",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7878
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"}]
7879
     (gdb)
7880
 
7881
   Show a single frame:
7882
 
7883
     (gdb)
7884
     -stack-list-frames 3 3
7885
     ^done,stack=
7886
     [frame={level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
7887
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"}]
7888
     (gdb)
7889
 
7890
The `-stack-list-locals' Command
7891
--------------------------------
7892
 
7893
Synopsis
7894
........
7895
 
7896
      -stack-list-locals PRINT-VALUES
7897
 
7898
   Display the local variable names for the selected frame.  If
7899
PRINT-VALUES is 0 or `--no-values', print only the names of the
7900
variables; if it is 1 or `--all-values', print also their values; and
7901
if it is 2 or `--simple-values', print the name, type and value for
7902
simple data types, and the name and type for arrays, structures and
7903
unions.  In this last case, a frontend can immediately display the
7904
value of simple data types and create variable objects for other data
7905
types when the user wishes to explore their values in more detail.
7906
 
7907
   This command is deprecated in favor of the `-stack-list-variables'
7908
command.
7909
 
7910
GDB Command
7911
...........
7912
 
7913
`info locals' in GDB, `gdb_get_locals' in `gdbtk'.
7914
 
7915
Example
7916
.......
7917
 
7918
     (gdb)
7919
     -stack-list-locals 0
7920
     ^done,locals=[name="A",name="B",name="C"]
7921
     (gdb)
7922
     -stack-list-locals --all-values
7923
     ^done,locals=[{name="A",value="1"},{name="B",value="2"},
7924
       {name="C",value="{1, 2, 3}"}]
7925
     -stack-list-locals --simple-values
7926
     ^done,locals=[{name="A",type="int",value="1"},
7927
       {name="B",type="int",value="2"},{name="C",type="int [3]"}]
7928
     (gdb)
7929
 
7930
The `-stack-list-variables' Command
7931
-----------------------------------
7932
 
7933
Synopsis
7934
........
7935
 
7936
      -stack-list-variables PRINT-VALUES
7937
 
7938
   Display the names of local variables and function arguments for the
7939
selected frame.  If PRINT-VALUES is 0 or `--no-values', print only the
7940
names of the variables; if it is 1 or `--all-values', print also their
7941
values; and if it is 2 or `--simple-values', print the name, type and
7942
value for simple data types, and the name and type for arrays,
7943
structures and unions.
7944
 
7945
Example
7946
.......
7947
 
7948
     (gdb)
7949
     -stack-list-variables --thread 1 --frame 0 --all-values
7950
     ^done,variables=[{name="x",value="11"},{name="s",value="{a = 1, b = 2}"}]
7951
     (gdb)
7952
 
7953
The `-stack-select-frame' Command
7954
---------------------------------
7955
 
7956
Synopsis
7957
........
7958
 
7959
      -stack-select-frame FRAMENUM
7960
 
7961
   Change the selected frame.  Select a different frame FRAMENUM on the
7962
stack.
7963
 
7964
   This command in deprecated in favor of passing the `--frame' option
7965
to every command.
7966
 
7967
GDB Command
7968
...........
7969
 
7970
The corresponding GDB commands are `frame', `up', `down',
7971
`select-frame', `up-silent', and `down-silent'.
7972
 
7973
Example
7974
.......
7975
 
7976
     (gdb)
7977
     -stack-select-frame 2
7978
     ^done
7979
     (gdb)
7980
 
7981

7982
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Variable Objects,  Next: GDB/MI Data Manipulation,  Prev: GDB/MI Stack Manipulation,  Up: GDB/MI
7983
 
7984
27.13 GDB/MI Variable Objects
7985
=============================
7986
 
7987
Introduction to Variable Objects
7988
--------------------------------
7989
 
7990
Variable objects are "object-oriented" MI interface for examining and
7991
changing values of expressions.  Unlike some other MI interfaces that
7992
work with expressions, variable objects are specifically designed for
7993
simple and efficient presentation in the frontend.  A variable object
7994
is identified by string name.  When a variable object is created, the
7995
frontend specifies the expression for that variable object.  The
7996
expression can be a simple variable, or it can be an arbitrary complex
7997
expression, and can even involve CPU registers.  After creating a
7998
variable object, the frontend can invoke other variable object
7999
operations--for example to obtain or change the value of a variable
8000
object, or to change display format.
8001
 
8002
   Variable objects have hierarchical tree structure.  Any variable
8003
object that corresponds to a composite type, such as structure in C, has
8004
a number of child variable objects, for example corresponding to each
8005
element of a structure.  A child variable object can itself have
8006
children, recursively.  Recursion ends when we reach leaf variable
8007
objects, which always have built-in types.  Child variable objects are
8008
created only by explicit request, so if a frontend is not interested in
8009
the children of a particular variable object, no child will be created.
8010
 
8011
   For a leaf variable object it is possible to obtain its value as a
8012
string, or set the value from a string.  String value can be also
8013
obtained for a non-leaf variable object, but it's generally a string
8014
that only indicates the type of the object, and does not list its
8015
contents.  Assignment to a non-leaf variable object is not allowed.
8016
 
8017
   A frontend does not need to read the values of all variable objects
8018
each time the program stops.  Instead, MI provides an update command
8019
that lists all variable objects whose values has changed since the last
8020
update operation.  This considerably reduces the amount of data that
8021
must be transferred to the frontend.  As noted above, children variable
8022
objects are created on demand, and only leaf variable objects have a
8023
real value.  As result, gdb will read target memory only for leaf
8024
variables that frontend has created.
8025
 
8026
   The automatic update is not always desirable.  For example, a
8027
frontend might want to keep a value of some expression for future
8028
reference, and never update it.  For another example,  fetching memory
8029
is relatively slow for embedded targets, so a frontend might want to
8030
disable automatic update for the variables that are either not visible
8031
on the screen, or "closed".  This is possible using so called "frozen
8032
variable objects".  Such variable objects are never implicitly updated.
8033
 
8034
   Variable objects can be either "fixed" or "floating".  For the fixed
8035
variable object, the expression is parsed when the variable object is
8036
created, including associating identifiers to specific variables.  The
8037
meaning of expression never changes.  For a floating variable object
8038
the values of variables whose names appear in the expressions are
8039
re-evaluated every time in the context of the current frame.  Consider
8040
this example:
8041
 
8042
     void do_work(...)
8043
     {
8044
             struct work_state state;
8045
 
8046
             if (...)
8047
                do_work(...);
8048
     }
8049
 
8050
   If a fixed variable object for the `state' variable is created in
8051
this function, and we enter the recursive call, the the variable object
8052
will report the value of `state' in the top-level `do_work' invocation.
8053
On the other hand, a floating variable object will report the value of
8054
`state' in the current frame.
8055
 
8056
   If an expression specified when creating a fixed variable object
8057
refers to a local variable, the variable object becomes bound to the
8058
thread and frame in which the variable object is created.  When such
8059
variable object is updated, GDB makes sure that the thread/frame
8060
combination the variable object is bound to still exists, and
8061
re-evaluates the variable object in context of that thread/frame.
8062
 
8063
   The following is the complete set of GDB/MI operations defined to
8064
access this functionality:
8065
 
8066
*Operation*                   *Description*
8067
`-enable-pretty-printing'     enable Python-based pretty-printing
8068
`-var-create'                 create a variable object
8069
`-var-delete'                 delete the variable object and/or its
8070
                              children
8071
`-var-set-format'             set the display format of this variable
8072
`-var-show-format'            show the display format of this variable
8073
`-var-info-num-children'      tells how many children this object has
8074
`-var-list-children'          return a list of the object's children
8075
`-var-info-type'              show the type of this variable object
8076
`-var-info-expression'        print parent-relative expression that this
8077
                              variable object represents
8078
`-var-info-path-expression'   print full expression that this variable
8079
                              object represents
8080
`-var-show-attributes'        is this variable editable? does it exist
8081
                              here?
8082
`-var-evaluate-expression'    get the value of this variable
8083
`-var-assign'                 set the value of this variable
8084
`-var-update'                 update the variable and its children
8085
`-var-set-frozen'             set frozeness attribute
8086
`-var-set-update-range'       set range of children to display on update
8087
 
8088
   In the next subsection we describe each operation in detail and
8089
suggest how it can be used.
8090
 
8091
Description And Use of Operations on Variable Objects
8092
-----------------------------------------------------
8093
 
8094
The `-enable-pretty-printing' Command
8095
-------------------------------------
8096
 
8097
     -enable-pretty-printing
8098
 
8099
   GDB allows Python-based visualizers to affect the output of the MI
8100
variable object commands.  However, because there was no way to
8101
implement this in a fully backward-compatible way, a front end must
8102
request that this functionality be enabled.
8103
 
8104
   Once enabled, this feature cannot be disabled.
8105
 
8106
   Note that if Python support has not been compiled into GDB, this
8107
command will still succeed (and do nothing).
8108
 
8109
   This feature is currently (as of GDB 7.0) experimental, and may work
8110
differently in future versions of GDB.
8111
 
8112
The `-var-create' Command
8113
-------------------------
8114
 
8115
Synopsis
8116
........
8117
 
8118
      -var-create {NAME | "-"}
8119
         {FRAME-ADDR | "*" | "@"} EXPRESSION
8120
 
8121
   This operation creates a variable object, which allows the
8122
monitoring of a variable, the result of an expression, a memory cell or
8123
a CPU register.
8124
 
8125
   The NAME parameter is the string by which the object can be
8126
referenced.  It must be unique.  If `-' is specified, the varobj system
8127
will generate a string "varNNNNNN" automatically.  It will be unique
8128
provided that one does not specify NAME of that format.  The command
8129
fails if a duplicate name is found.
8130
 
8131
   The frame under which the expression should be evaluated can be
8132
specified by FRAME-ADDR.  A `*' indicates that the current frame should
8133
be used.  A `@' indicates that a floating variable object must be
8134
created.
8135
 
8136
   EXPRESSION is any expression valid on the current language set (must
8137
not begin with a `*'), or one of the following:
8138
 
8139
   * `*ADDR', where ADDR is the address of a memory cell
8140
 
8141
   * `*ADDR-ADDR' -- a memory address range (TBD)
8142
 
8143
   * `$REGNAME' -- a CPU register name
8144
 
8145
   A varobj's contents may be provided by a Python-based
8146
pretty-printer.  In this case the varobj is known as a "dynamic
8147
varobj".  Dynamic varobjs have slightly different semantics in some
8148
cases.  If the `-enable-pretty-printing' command is not sent, then GDB
8149
will never create a dynamic varobj.  This ensures backward
8150
compatibility for existing clients.
8151
 
8152
Result
8153
......
8154
 
8155
This operation returns attributes of the newly-created varobj.  These
8156
are:
8157
 
8158
`name'
8159
     The name of the varobj.
8160
 
8161
`numchild'
8162
     The number of children of the varobj.  This number is not
8163
     necessarily reliable for a dynamic varobj.  Instead, you must
8164
     examine the `has_more' attribute.
8165
 
8166
`value'
8167
     The varobj's scalar value.  For a varobj whose type is some sort of
8168
     aggregate (e.g., a `struct'), or for a dynamic varobj, this value
8169
     will not be interesting.
8170
 
8171
`type'
8172
     The varobj's type.  This is a string representation of the type, as
8173
     would be printed by the GDB CLI.
8174
 
8175
`thread-id'
8176
     If a variable object is bound to a specific thread, then this is
8177
     the thread's identifier.
8178
 
8179
`has_more'
8180
     For a dynamic varobj, this indicates whether there appear to be any
8181
     children available.  For a non-dynamic varobj, this will be 0.
8182
 
8183
`dynamic'
8184
     This attribute will be present and have the value `1' if the
8185
     varobj is a dynamic varobj.  If the varobj is not a dynamic varobj,
8186
     then this attribute will not be present.
8187
 
8188
`displayhint'
8189
     A dynamic varobj can supply a display hint to the front end.  The
8190
     value comes directly from the Python pretty-printer object's
8191
     `display_hint' method.  *Note Pretty Printing API::.
8192
 
8193
   Typical output will look like this:
8194
 
8195
      name="NAME",numchild="N",type="TYPE",thread-id="M",
8196
       has_more="HAS_MORE"
8197
 
8198
The `-var-delete' Command
8199
-------------------------
8200
 
8201
Synopsis
8202
........
8203
 
8204
      -var-delete [ -c ] NAME
8205
 
8206
   Deletes a previously created variable object and all of its children.
8207
With the `-c' option, just deletes the children.
8208
 
8209
   Returns an error if the object NAME is not found.
8210
 
8211
The `-var-set-format' Command
8212
-----------------------------
8213
 
8214
Synopsis
8215
........
8216
 
8217
      -var-set-format NAME FORMAT-SPEC
8218
 
8219
   Sets the output format for the value of the object NAME to be
8220
FORMAT-SPEC.
8221
 
8222
   The syntax for the FORMAT-SPEC is as follows:
8223
 
8224
      FORMAT-SPEC ==>
8225
      {binary | decimal | hexadecimal | octal | natural}
8226
 
8227
   The natural format is the default format choosen automatically based
8228
on the variable type (like decimal for an `int', hex for pointers,
8229
etc.).
8230
 
8231
   For a variable with children, the format is set only on the variable
8232
itself, and the children are not affected.
8233
 
8234
The `-var-show-format' Command
8235
------------------------------
8236
 
8237
Synopsis
8238
........
8239
 
8240
      -var-show-format NAME
8241
 
8242
   Returns the format used to display the value of the object NAME.
8243
 
8244
      FORMAT ==>
8245
      FORMAT-SPEC
8246
 
8247
The `-var-info-num-children' Command
8248
------------------------------------
8249
 
8250
Synopsis
8251
........
8252
 
8253
      -var-info-num-children NAME
8254
 
8255
   Returns the number of children of a variable object NAME:
8256
 
8257
      numchild=N
8258
 
8259
   Note that this number is not completely reliable for a dynamic
8260
varobj.  It will return the current number of children, but more
8261
children may be available.
8262
 
8263
The `-var-list-children' Command
8264
--------------------------------
8265
 
8266
Synopsis
8267
........
8268
 
8269
      -var-list-children [PRINT-VALUES] NAME [FROM TO]
8270 342 jeremybenn
Return a list of the children of the specified variable object and
8271 330 jeremybenn
create variable objects for them, if they do not already exist.  With a
8272
single argument or if PRINT-VALUES has a value of 0 or `--no-values',
8273
print only the names of the variables; if PRINT-VALUES is 1 or
8274
`--all-values', also print their values; and if it is 2 or
8275
`--simple-values' print the name and value for simple data types and
8276
just the name for arrays, structures and unions.
8277
 
8278
   FROM and TO, if specified, indicate the range of children to report.
8279
If FROM or TO is less than zero, the range is reset and all children
8280
will be reported.  Otherwise, children starting at FROM (zero-based)
8281
and up to and excluding TO will be reported.
8282
 
8283
   If a child range is requested, it will only affect the current call
8284
to `-var-list-children', but not future calls to `-var-update'.  For
8285
this, you must instead use `-var-set-update-range'.  The intent of this
8286
approach is to enable a front end to implement any update approach it
8287
likes; for example, scrolling a view may cause the front end to request
8288
more children with `-var-list-children', and then the front end could
8289
call `-var-set-update-range' with a different range to ensure that
8290
future updates are restricted to just the visible items.
8291
 
8292
   For each child the following results are returned:
8293
 
8294
NAME
8295
     Name of the variable object created for this child.
8296
 
8297
EXP
8298
     The expression to be shown to the user by the front end to
8299
     designate this child.  For example this may be the name of a
8300
     structure member.
8301
 
8302
     For a dynamic varobj, this value cannot be used to form an
8303
     expression.  There is no way to do this at all with a dynamic
8304
     varobj.
8305
 
8306
     For C/C++ structures there are several pseudo children returned to
8307
     designate access qualifiers.  For these pseudo children EXP is
8308
     `public', `private', or `protected'.  In this case the type and
8309
     value are not present.
8310
 
8311
     A dynamic varobj will not report the access qualifying
8312
     pseudo-children, regardless of the language.  This information is
8313
     not available at all with a dynamic varobj.
8314
 
8315
NUMCHILD
8316
     Number of children this child has.  For a dynamic varobj, this
8317
     will be 0.
8318
 
8319
TYPE
8320
     The type of the child.
8321
 
8322
VALUE
8323
     If values were requested, this is the value.
8324
 
8325
THREAD-ID
8326
     If this variable object is associated with a thread, this is the
8327
     thread id.  Otherwise this result is not present.
8328
 
8329
FROZEN
8330
     If the variable object is frozen, this variable will be present
8331
     with a value of 1.
8332
 
8333
   The result may have its own attributes:
8334
 
8335
`displayhint'
8336
     A dynamic varobj can supply a display hint to the front end.  The
8337
     value comes directly from the Python pretty-printer object's
8338
     `display_hint' method.  *Note Pretty Printing API::.
8339
 
8340
`has_more'
8341
     This is an integer attribute which is nonzero if there are children
8342
     remaining after the end of the selected range.
8343
 
8344
Example
8345
.......
8346
 
8347
     (gdb)
8348
      -var-list-children n
8349
      ^done,numchild=N,children=[child={name=NAME,exp=EXP,
8350
      numchild=N,type=TYPE},(repeats N times)]
8351
     (gdb)
8352
      -var-list-children --all-values n
8353
      ^done,numchild=N,children=[child={name=NAME,exp=EXP,
8354
      numchild=N,value=VALUE,type=TYPE},(repeats N times)]
8355
 
8356
The `-var-info-type' Command
8357
----------------------------
8358
 
8359
Synopsis
8360
........
8361
 
8362
      -var-info-type NAME
8363
 
8364
   Returns the type of the specified variable NAME.  The type is
8365
returned as a string in the same format as it is output by the GDB CLI:
8366
 
8367
      type=TYPENAME
8368
 
8369
The `-var-info-expression' Command
8370
----------------------------------
8371
 
8372
Synopsis
8373
........
8374
 
8375
      -var-info-expression NAME
8376
 
8377
   Returns a string that is suitable for presenting this variable
8378
object in user interface.  The string is generally not valid expression
8379
in the current language, and cannot be evaluated.
8380
 
8381
   For example, if `a' is an array, and variable object `A' was created
8382
for `a', then we'll get this output:
8383
 
8384
     (gdb) -var-info-expression A.1
8385
     ^done,lang="C",exp="1"
8386
 
8387
Here, the values of `lang' can be `{"C" | "C++" | "Java"}'.
8388
 
8389
   Note that the output of the `-var-list-children' command also
8390
includes those expressions, so the `-var-info-expression' command is of
8391
limited use.
8392
 
8393
The `-var-info-path-expression' Command
8394
---------------------------------------
8395
 
8396
Synopsis
8397
........
8398
 
8399
      -var-info-path-expression NAME
8400
 
8401
   Returns an expression that can be evaluated in the current context
8402
and will yield the same value that a variable object has.  Compare this
8403
with the `-var-info-expression' command, which result can be used only
8404
for UI presentation.  Typical use of the `-var-info-path-expression'
8405
command is creating a watchpoint from a variable object.
8406
 
8407
   This command is currently not valid for children of a dynamic varobj,
8408
and will give an error when invoked on one.
8409
 
8410
   For example, suppose `C' is a C++ class, derived from class `Base',
8411
and that the `Base' class has a member called `m_size'.  Assume a
8412
variable `c' is has the type of `C' and a variable object `C' was
8413
created for variable `c'.  Then, we'll get this output:
8414
     (gdb) -var-info-path-expression C.Base.public.m_size
8415
     ^done,path_expr=((Base)c).m_size)
8416
 
8417
The `-var-show-attributes' Command
8418
----------------------------------
8419
 
8420
Synopsis
8421
........
8422
 
8423
      -var-show-attributes NAME
8424
 
8425
   List attributes of the specified variable object NAME:
8426
 
8427
      status=ATTR [ ( ,ATTR )* ]
8428
 
8429
where ATTR is `{ { editable | noneditable } | TBD }'.
8430
 
8431
The `-var-evaluate-expression' Command
8432
--------------------------------------
8433
 
8434
Synopsis
8435
........
8436
 
8437
      -var-evaluate-expression [-f FORMAT-SPEC] NAME
8438
 
8439
   Evaluates the expression that is represented by the specified
8440
variable object and returns its value as a string.  The format of the
8441
string can be specified with the `-f' option.  The possible values of
8442
this option are the same as for `-var-set-format' (*note
8443
-var-set-format::).  If the `-f' option is not specified, the current
8444
display format will be used.  The current display format can be changed
8445
using the `-var-set-format' command.
8446
 
8447
      value=VALUE
8448
 
8449
   Note that one must invoke `-var-list-children' for a variable before
8450
the value of a child variable can be evaluated.
8451
 
8452
The `-var-assign' Command
8453
-------------------------
8454
 
8455
Synopsis
8456
........
8457
 
8458
      -var-assign NAME EXPRESSION
8459
 
8460
   Assigns the value of EXPRESSION to the variable object specified by
8461
NAME.  The object must be `editable'.  If the variable's value is
8462
altered by the assign, the variable will show up in any subsequent
8463
`-var-update' list.
8464
 
8465
Example
8466
.......
8467
 
8468
     (gdb)
8469
     -var-assign var1 3
8470
     ^done,value="3"
8471
     (gdb)
8472
     -var-update *
8473
     ^done,changelist=[{name="var1",in_scope="true",type_changed="false"}]
8474
     (gdb)
8475
 
8476
The `-var-update' Command
8477
-------------------------
8478
 
8479
Synopsis
8480
........
8481
 
8482
      -var-update [PRINT-VALUES] {NAME | "*"}
8483
 
8484
   Reevaluate the expressions corresponding to the variable object NAME
8485
and all its direct and indirect children, and return the list of
8486
variable objects whose values have changed; NAME must be a root
8487
variable object.  Here, "changed" means that the result of
8488
`-var-evaluate-expression' before and after the `-var-update' is
8489
different.  If `*' is used as the variable object names, all existing
8490
variable objects are updated, except for frozen ones (*note
8491
-var-set-frozen::).  The option PRINT-VALUES determines whether both
8492
names and values, or just names are printed.  The possible values of
8493
this option are the same as for `-var-list-children' (*note
8494
-var-list-children::).  It is recommended to use the `--all-values'
8495
option, to reduce the number of MI commands needed on each program stop.
8496
 
8497
   With the `*' parameter, if a variable object is bound to a currently
8498
running thread, it will not be updated, without any diagnostic.
8499
 
8500
   If `-var-set-update-range' was previously used on a varobj, then
8501
only the selected range of children will be reported.
8502
 
8503
   `-var-update' reports all the changed varobjs in a tuple named
8504
`changelist'.
8505
 
8506
   Each item in the change list is itself a tuple holding:
8507
 
8508
`name'
8509
     The name of the varobj.
8510
 
8511
`value'
8512
     If values were requested for this update, then this field will be
8513
     present and will hold the value of the varobj.
8514
 
8515
`in_scope'
8516
     This field is a string which may take one of three values:
8517
 
8518
    `"true"'
8519
          The variable object's current value is valid.
8520
 
8521
    `"false"'
8522
          The variable object does not currently hold a valid value but
8523
          it may hold one in the future if its associated expression
8524
          comes back into scope.
8525
 
8526
    `"invalid"'
8527
          The variable object no longer holds a valid value.  This can
8528
          occur when the executable file being debugged has changed,
8529
          either through recompilation or by using the GDB `file'
8530
          command.  The front end should normally choose to delete
8531
          these variable objects.
8532
 
8533
     In the future new values may be added to this list so the front
8534
     should be prepared for this possibility.  *Note GDB/MI Development
8535
     and Front Ends: GDB/MI Development and Front Ends.
8536
 
8537
`type_changed'
8538
     This is only present if the varobj is still valid.  If the type
8539
     changed, then this will be the string `true'; otherwise it will be
8540
     `false'.
8541
 
8542
`new_type'
8543
     If the varobj's type changed, then this field will be present and
8544
     will hold the new type.
8545
 
8546
`new_num_children'
8547
     For a dynamic varobj, if the number of children changed, or if the
8548
     type changed, this will be the new number of children.
8549
 
8550
     The `numchild' field in other varobj responses is generally not
8551
     valid for a dynamic varobj - it will show the number of children
8552
     that GDB knows about, but because dynamic varobjs lazily
8553
     instantiate their children, this will not reflect the number of
8554
     children which may be available.
8555
 
8556
     The `new_num_children' attribute only reports changes to the
8557
     number of children known by GDB.  This is the only way to detect
8558
     whether an update has removed children (which necessarily can only
8559
     happen at the end of the update range).
8560
 
8561
`displayhint'
8562
     The display hint, if any.
8563
 
8564
`has_more'
8565
     This is an integer value, which will be 1 if there are more
8566
     children available outside the varobj's update range.
8567
 
8568
`dynamic'
8569
     This attribute will be present and have the value `1' if the
8570
     varobj is a dynamic varobj.  If the varobj is not a dynamic varobj,
8571
     then this attribute will not be present.
8572
 
8573
`new_children'
8574
     If new children were added to a dynamic varobj within the selected
8575
     update range (as set by `-var-set-update-range'), then they will
8576
     be listed in this attribute.
8577
 
8578
Example
8579
.......
8580
 
8581
     (gdb)
8582
     -var-assign var1 3
8583
     ^done,value="3"
8584
     (gdb)
8585
     -var-update --all-values var1
8586
     ^done,changelist=[{name="var1",value="3",in_scope="true",
8587
     type_changed="false"}]
8588
     (gdb)
8589
 
8590
The `-var-set-frozen' Command
8591
-----------------------------
8592
 
8593
Synopsis
8594
........
8595
 
8596
      -var-set-frozen NAME FLAG
8597
 
8598
   Set the frozenness flag on the variable object NAME.  The FLAG
8599
parameter should be either `1' to make the variable frozen or `0' to
8600
make it unfrozen.  If a variable object is frozen, then neither itself,
8601
nor any of its children, are implicitly updated by `-var-update' of a
8602
parent variable or by `-var-update *'.  Only `-var-update' of the
8603
variable itself will update its value and values of its children.
8604
After a variable object is unfrozen, it is implicitly updated by all
8605
subsequent `-var-update' operations.  Unfreezing a variable does not
8606
update it, only subsequent `-var-update' does.
8607
 
8608
Example
8609
.......
8610
 
8611
     (gdb)
8612
     -var-set-frozen V 1
8613
     ^done
8614
     (gdb)
8615
 
8616
The `-var-set-update-range' command
8617
-----------------------------------
8618
 
8619
Synopsis
8620
........
8621
 
8622
      -var-set-update-range NAME FROM TO
8623
 
8624
   Set the range of children to be returned by future invocations of
8625
`-var-update'.
8626
 
8627
   FROM and TO indicate the range of children to report.  If FROM or TO
8628
is less than zero, the range is reset and all children will be
8629
reported.  Otherwise, children starting at FROM (zero-based) and up to
8630
and excluding TO will be reported.
8631
 
8632
Example
8633
.......
8634
 
8635
     (gdb)
8636
     -var-set-update-range V 1 2
8637
     ^done
8638
 
8639
The `-var-set-visualizer' command
8640
---------------------------------
8641
 
8642
Synopsis
8643
........
8644
 
8645
      -var-set-visualizer NAME VISUALIZER
8646
 
8647
   Set a visualizer for the variable object NAME.
8648
 
8649
   VISUALIZER is the visualizer to use.  The special value `None' means
8650
to disable any visualizer in use.
8651
 
8652
   If not `None', VISUALIZER must be a Python expression.  This
8653
expression must evaluate to a callable object which accepts a single
8654
argument.  GDB will call this object with the value of the varobj NAME
8655
as an argument (this is done so that the same Python pretty-printing
8656
code can be used for both the CLI and MI).  When called, this object
8657
must return an object which conforms to the pretty-printing interface
8658
(*note Pretty Printing API::).
8659
 
8660
   The pre-defined function `gdb.default_visualizer' may be used to
8661
select a visualizer by following the built-in process (*note Selecting
8662
Pretty-Printers::).  This is done automatically when a varobj is
8663
created, and so ordinarily is not needed.
8664
 
8665
   This feature is only available if Python support is enabled.  The MI
8666
command `-list-features' (*note GDB/MI Miscellaneous Commands::) can be
8667
used to check this.
8668
 
8669
Example
8670
.......
8671
 
8672
Resetting the visualizer:
8673
 
8674
     (gdb)
8675
     -var-set-visualizer V None
8676
     ^done
8677
 
8678
   Reselecting the default (type-based) visualizer:
8679
 
8680
     (gdb)
8681
     -var-set-visualizer V gdb.default_visualizer
8682
     ^done
8683
 
8684
   Suppose `SomeClass' is a visualizer class.  A lambda expression can
8685
be used to instantiate this class for a varobj:
8686
 
8687
     (gdb)
8688
     -var-set-visualizer V "lambda val: SomeClass()"
8689
     ^done
8690
 

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.